Regulation detail

9 CSR 30-3

Up to date
Ask Ariadne
SR
9 CSR 30-3 removed

9 CSR 30-3 Chapter 3 - Substance Use Disorder Treatment Programs

Jurisdiction: MO Agency: Missouri Department of Mental Health
DETOX (100%) OTP (100%) OUTPATIENT (100%) RECOVERY_RESIDENCE (60%) SUD_IOP (80%) SUD_PHP (80%) SUD_RESIDENTIAL (100%)
Plain-English summary

This chapter establishes Missouri Department of Mental Health certification standards for substance use disorder prevention and treatment programs. It covers a broad range of SUD service types including outpatient treatment, opioid treatment programs, residential treatment, detoxification/withdrawal management, intensive outpatient (via CSTAR ASAM criteria), partial hospitalization, recovery support, and prevention programs. Operators must obtain department approval for each program type and site, comply with applicable chapter-specific regulations, and adhere to cross-referenced core rules on certification procedures, background screening, abuse reporting, and HIPAA.

View official source
Regulation text
CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 1
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
rules of
Department of Mental Health
Division 30—Certif ication Standards
Chapter 3—Substance Use Disorder Prevention and 
Treatment Programs
 Title Page
9 CSR 30-3.010 Definitions (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ................................ 5
9 CSR 30-3.020 Procedures to Obtain Certification (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ........... 5
9 CSR 30-3.022 Transition to Enhanced Standards of Care (Rescinded July 30, 2018) ........ 5
9 CSR 30-3.030 Governing Authority (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ....................... 5
9 CSR 30-3.032 Certification of Substance Use Disorder Prevention and Treatment
 Programs............................................................ 5
9 CSR 30-3.040 Client Rights (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .............................. 5
9 CSR 30-3.050 Planning and Evaluation (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ................... 5
9 CSR 30-3.060 Environment (Rescinded October 30, 2001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
9 CSR 30-3.070 Fiscal Management (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ........................ 6
9 CSR 30-3.080 Personnel (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ................................. 6
9 CSR 30-3.100 General Requirements for Substance Use Disorder Treatment
 Programs............................................................ 6
9 CSR 30-3.110 Service Definitions, Staff Qualifications, and Documentation
 Requirements for Substance Use Disorder Treatment Programs ........... 8
9 CSR 30-3.120 Detoxification ....................................................... 12
9 CSR 30-3.130 Outpatient Treatment ............................................... 13
9 CSR 30-3.132 Opioid Treatment Programs .......................................... 15
9 CSR 30-3.134 Gambling Disorder Treatment ........................................ 21
9 CSR 30-3.140 Residential Treatment................................................ 22
9 CSR 30-3.150 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR)......... 23
 2 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
 
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
9 CSR 30-3.151 Eligibility Determination, Assessment, and Treatment Planning
 in Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation
 (CSTAR) Programs ................................................... 23
9 CSR 30-3.152 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR)
 Utilizing the American Society of Addiction Medicine (ASAM)
 Criteria ............................................................ 26
9 CSR 30-3.155 Staff Requirements for Comprehensive Substance Treatment and
 Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Programs ..................................... 38
9 CSR 30-3.157 Community Support in Comprehensive Substance Treatment and
 Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Programs...................................... 39
9 CSR 30-3.160 Institutional Treatment Centers (Rescinded June 30, 2024) ............... 41
9 CSR 30-3.190 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR)
 Program for Women and Children .................................... 41
9 CSR 30-3.192 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR)
 Program for Adolescents ............................................. 44
9 CSR 30-3.195 Outpatient Substance Use Disorder Treatment Programs................. 46
9 CSR 30-3.200 Research (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ................................. 47
9 CSR 30-3.201 Substance Awareness Traffic Offender Programs ........................ 47
9 CSR 30-3.202 SATOP Administration and Service Documentation...................... 48
9 CSR 30-3.204 SATOP Personnel .................................................... 50
9 CSR 30-3.206 SATOP Structure ..................................................... 51
9 CSR 30-3.208 SATOP Supplemental Fee ............................................. 55
9 CSR 30-3.210 Clients’ Records (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .......................... 56
9 CSR 30-3.220 Referral Procedures (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ....................... 56
9 CSR 30-3.230 Required Educational Assessment and Community Treatment
 Program (REACT).................................................... 56
9 CSR 30-3.240 Medication (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............................... 58
9 CSR 30-3.250 Dietary Services (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .......................... 58
9 CSR 30-3.300 Prevention Programs................................................. 58
9 CSR 30-3.310 Recovery Support Programs .......................................... 61
9 CSR 30-3.400 Social Setting Detoxification (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............... 65
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 3
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
9 CSR 30-3.410 Modified Medical Detoxification (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ........... 65
9 CSR 30-3.420 Medical Detoxification Services (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............ 65
9 CSR 30-3.500 Residential Programs (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ...................... 65
9 CSR 30-3.510 Adolescent Program (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ...................... 65
9 CSR 30-3.600 Outpatient Programs (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ...................... 66
9 CSR 30-3.610 Methadone Treatment (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.132) ........................ 66
9 CSR 30-3.611 Compulsive Gambling Treatment (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.134) .............. 66
9 CSR 30-3.620 Information and Referral Program (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .......... 66
9 CSR 30-3.621 Central Intake Program (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .................... 66
9 CSR 30-3.630 Prevention Programs (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.300) ........................ 66
9 CSR 30-3.700 Substance Abuse Traffic Offender Programs (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.201) .... 66
9 CSR 30-3.710 Definitions (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............................... 66
9 CSR 30-3.720 Procedures to Obtain Certification (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ......... 66
9 CSR 30-3.730 Administration (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.202) .............................. 66
9 CSR 30-3.740 Environment (Rescinded October 30, 2001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
9 CSR 30-3.750 Personnel (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.204) ................................... 66
9 CSR 30-3.760 Program Structure (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.206) ........................... 66
9 CSR 30-3.770 Client Records (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............................ 66
9 CSR 30-3.780 Curriculum and Training (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .................. 66
9 CSR 30-3.790 Supplemental Fee (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.208) ........................... 66
9 CSR 30-3.800 Required Educational Assessment and Community Treatment
 Program (Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.230) ................................... 66
9 CSR 30-3.810 Definitions (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............................... 67
9 CSR 30-3.820 Procedures to Obtain Certification (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .......... 67
9 CSR 30-3.830 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation Program
 Description (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .............................. 67
9 CSR 30-3.840 Treatment and Rehabilitation Process (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ....... 67
9 CSR 30-3.850 Service Provision (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ......................... 67
 4 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
 
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
9 CSR 30-3.851 Specialized Program for Women and Children
 (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ......................................... 67
9 CSR 30-3.852 Specialized Program for Adolescents (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ........ 67
9 CSR 30-3.853 Adolescent Residential Support (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............ 67
9 CSR 30-3.860 Quality Assurance (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ........................ 67
9 CSR 30-3.870 Behavior Management (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .................... 67
9 CSR 30-3.880 Client Records (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............................ 67
9 CSR 30-3.890 Personnel, Staff Qualifications, Responsibilities and Training
 (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ......................................... 67
9 CSR 30-3.900 Client Rights (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ............................. 67
9 CSR 30-3.910 Research (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ................................. 68
9 CSR 30-3.920 Governing Authority and Program Administration
 (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ......................................... 68
9 CSR 30-3.930 Fiscal Management (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ....................... 68
9 CSR 30-3.940 Environment, Safety and Sanitation (Rescinded October 30, 2001) ........ 68
9 CSR 30-3.950 Accessibility (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .............................. 68
9 CSR 30-3.960 Dietary Services (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .......................... 68
9 CSR 30-3.970 Medication Management (Rescinded October 30, 2001) .................. 68
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 5
John R. Ashcroft (2/28/23)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
TITLE 9—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
Division 30—Certification Standards
Chapter 3—Substance Use Disorder Prevention and 
Treatment Programs
9 CSR 30-3.010 Definitions
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 313.842, 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1994. 
Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Amended: 
Filed July 15, 1987, effective July 1, 1988. Amended: Filed Jan. 19, 
1988, effective July 1, 1988. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 4, 
1988, effective Oct. 14, 1988, expired Jan. 14, 1989. Amended: Filed 
Oct. 4, 1988, effective Jan. 14, 1989. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, 
effective Dec. 30, 1995. Amended: Filed Oct. 13, 1995, effective April 
30, 1996. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.020 Procedures to Obtain Certification
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655 and 631.010, RSMo 1994. 
Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Amended: 
Filed May 6, 1985, effective Sept. 1, 1985. Amended: Filed Jan. 19, 
1988, effective July 1, 1988. Amended: Filed Aug. 14, 1995, effective 
Feb. 25, 1996. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.022 Transition to Enhanced Standards of Care 
(Rescinded July 30, 2018)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655 and 631.010, RSMo 2000. 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Rescinded: 
Filed Jan. 12, 2018, effective July 30, 2018.
9 CSR 30-3.030 Governing Authority
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.032 Certification of Substance Use Disorder 
Prevention and Treatment Programs 
PURPOSE: This rule identifies the types of substance use disorder 
prevention and treatment programs and services eligible for 
certification from the department and the applicable requirements. 
(1) Types of Programs and Services. Certification from the 
department is available for the following types of programs 
and services:
(A) Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation 
(CSTAR), including specialized programs for adolescents, 
women and children, adult general population, and opioid 
use disorders; 
(B) Gambling disorder treatment; 
(C) Institutional treatment center; 
(D) Opioid treatment;
(E) Outpatient treatment; 
(F) Prevention; 
(G) Recovery support; 
(H) Required Educational Assessment and Community 
Treatment (REACT); 
(I) Residential treatment;
(J) Substance Awareness Traffic Offender Program (SATOP); 
and 
(K) Withdrawal management.
(2) Applicable Program Regulations. The organization must 
comply with the regulations applicable to each program and/
or service for which certification is being sought.
(3) Other Regulations. In addition to the regulations for 
specific programs and services as specified in 9 CSR 30-3, the 
organization must comply with other applicable regulations 
as follows: 
(A) 9 CSR 10-7.010 to 9 CSR 10-7.140, Core Rules for Psychiatric 
and Substance Use Disorder Treatment Programs;
(B) 9 CSR 10-5.190 Background Screening Requirements;
(C) 9 CSR 10-5.200 Report of Complaints of Abuse, Neglect, 
and Misuse of Funds/Property;
(D) 9 CSR 10-5.206 Report of Events; and
(E) 9 CSR 10-5.220 Privacy Rule of Health Insurance Portability 
and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA).
(4) Approval of Programs and Sites. The department must 
authorize and approve each proposed program/service and site 
prior to the delivery of services.
(A) Organizations requesting certification must comply 
with 9 CSR 10-7.130, Procedures to Obtain Certification, by 
submitting a fully completed application to the department.
(B) Notice of any change in program location, service array, 
or administration must be submitted to the department for 
approval prior to the change to ensure the program meets all 
applicable requirements, which may include an on-site review 
of the physical environment and safety practices.
(C) All opioid treatment programs shall meet the program 
and/or site approval requirements of this rule, as well as the 
requirements specified under 9 CSR 30-3.132.
AUTHORITY: sections 302.540, 630.050, 630.655, and 631.102, 
RSMo 2016 .* 45 CFR parts 160 and 164, the Health Insurance 
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. Original rule filed Feb. 
28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed March 8, 2002, 
effective Sept. 30, 2002. Emergency amendment filed April 1, 2003, 
effective April 14, 2003, expired Oct. 14, 2003. Amended: Filed 
April 1, 2003, effective Oct. 30, 2003. Amended: Filed May 28, 2021, 
effective Dec. 30, 2021.
*Original authority: 302.540, RSMo 1983, amended 1984, 1993, 1996, 2001, 2002, 
2003, 2014; 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 1980; 
and 631.102, RSMo 1997.
9 CSR 30-3.040 Client Rights
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.110–630.125, 630.200 and 
630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective 
Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.050 Planning and Evaluation
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
6 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/23) John R. Ashcroft
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
9 CSR 30-3.060 Environment
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Amended: Filed 
Dec. 13, 1983, effective April 12, 1984. Rescinded and readopted: 
Filed June 2, 1988, effective Nov. 1, 1988. Rescinded: Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.070 Fiscal Management
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.455 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. 
Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: 
Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.080 Personnel
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.200 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. 
Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Amended: 
Filed July 15, 1987, effective July 1, 1988. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 
2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.100 General Requirements for Substance Use 
Disorder Treatment Programs 
PURPOSE: This rule describes general requirements applicable to 
all certified/deemed certified substance use disorder treatment 
programs as well as specific requirements that pertain to 
organizations that are funded by and/or have a contractual 
relationship with the department for the provision of services. 
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that the 
publication of the entire text of the material which is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Screening and Assessment. All individuals shall be screened 
and assessed as specified in 9 CSR 10-7.030 Service Delivery 
Process and Documentation, and in accordance with program-
specific requirements included in these regulations. 
(2) Diagnosis. Eligibility for services shall include a diagnosis 
of a substance use disorder by a licensed diagnostician in 
accordance with the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental 
Disorders Fifth Edition (DSM-5), 2013, incorporated by reference 
and made a part of this rule as published by the American 
Psychiatric Association, 1000 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 1825, 
Arlington, VA 22209-3901. This rule does not incorporate any 
subsequent amendments or additions to this publication. 
(A) The following mental health professionals are approved 
to render diagnoses in accordance with the DSM-5:
1. Physicians/Psychiatrists;
2. Psychologists (licensed or provisionally licensed);
3. Advanced Practice Registered Nurses;
4. Professional Counselors (licensed or provisionally 
licensed);
5. Marital and Family Therapists (licensed or provisionally 
licensed);
6. Licensed Clinical Social Workers;
7. Licensed Master Social Workers who are under registered 
supervision with the Missouri Division of Professional 
Registration for licensure as a Clinical Social Worker. LMSWs 
not under registered supervision for their LCSW credential 
cannot render a diagnosis.
(B) Signatures can be obtained by a face-to-face meeting 
with a licensed diagnostician or a face-to-face meeting with 
a master’s level Qualified Addiction Professional (QAP) or a 
Qualified Mental Health Professional (QMHP) followed by sign 
off by a licensed diagnostician. Signature stamps shall not be 
used.
(C) The diagnosis is not considered complete until the 
diagnostician’s signature is obtained. The licensed diagnostician 
is accountable for the stated diagnoses. 
(D) A licensed supervisor must sign off on assessments and 
diagnoses completed by provisionally licensed providers. 
(3) Treatment Plan. All individuals shall participate in the 
development of an individual treatment plan and regular 
plan reviews and updates as specified in 9 CSR 10-7.030 Service 
Delivery Process and Documentation, and in accordance with 
program-specific requirements included in these regulations. 
(4) Services to Family Members. Family therapy and family 
conference shall be available to family members of persons 
participating in substance use disorder treatment. 
(A) Family members shall be routinely informed of available 
 services and the program shall demonstrate the ability to 
effectively engage family members in the recovery process. 
(B) A separate record for a family member is not required if 
group rehabilitative support is the only service provided by a 
program that is funded by/contracted with the department. 
Documentation of group rehabilitative support sessions and 
the participating family member(s) shall be maintained.
(5) Peer Support and Social Networks. Services shall be 
designed and organized to engage individuals and their family 
members/natural supports in peer support services, social 
networks, and resources in the community. 
(6) Services to Women. An organization that lacks certification 
to provide women and children’s CSTAR services must meet the 
following requirements in order to provide services to women:
(A) Offer gender-specific groups which address therapeutic 
issues relevant to women; 
(B) Have staff with experience and training in the delivery of 
services for women with substance use disorders, including co-
occurring disorders and trauma-related services and supports; 
(C) Women who are pregnant shall be referred to a women 
and children’s CSTAR program unless it is documented in 
the clinical record the program can meet the individual’s 
treatment needs, or the program cannot immediately make 
arrangements for admission to a women and children’s CSTAR 
program. 
1. If temporary admission to the program is necessary, 
arrangements for transfer to a women and children’s CSTAR 
program shall be completed as soon as possible, with efforts 
documented in the clinical record; and
(D) If the program is unable to refer a woman who is pregnant 
to a women and children’s CSTAR program or immediately 
assess and admit her to provide interim services, staff shall 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 7
John R. Ashcroft (2/28/23)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
contact designated department staff to make arrangements 
for immediate admission to treatment with another provider.
(7) Services to Adolescents. An organization that lacks 
certification to provide adolescent CSTAR services must meet 
the following requirements in order to provide services to 
adolescents:
(A) Offer groups specifically for adolescents; and 
(B) Have staff with experience and training in the provision 
of services for adolescents with substance use disorders.
(8) Program Schedule. A current schedule of groups and other 
structured program activities shall be maintained.
(A) Each person shall actively participate in program 
activities, with individualized scheduling and services based on 
his/her treatment goals and needs and physical and behavioral 
health status.
(9) Priority Populations. Individuals who will be receiving 
department-funded/contracted services shall be appropriately 
screened at the point of first contact to determine if a crisis 
situation exists and whether they meet eligibility criteria as a 
priority population. 
(A) The following populations shall receive priority 
assessment and admission to appropriate services: 
1. Women who are pregnant and inject drugs; 
2. Women who are pregnant; 
3. Individuals who have injected drugs in the past thirty 
(30) days;
4. Civil involuntary commitments—ninety-six (96) hour 
commitments must be admitted to withdrawal management 
services, and thirty (30) day commitments must be admitted 
to withdrawal management services or residential treatment;
5. Individuals determined to be high risk who are referred 
by the Department of Corrections’ institutions and Division 
of Probation and Parole via the designated referral form and 
protocol;
6. Applicants for and recipients of Temporary Assistance 
for Needy Families (TANF) referred by the Department of Social 
Services, Family Support Division, via electronic referral and 
protocol;
7. Children/youth and families served through the 
Children’s System of Care; and
8. Other populations specified by the department.
A. Women who are pregnant and individuals who are 
involuntarily committed must receive immediate admission.
B. High-risk referrals from correctional institutions and 
probation and parole shall be assessed and admitted to 
appropriate services within five (5) business days of initial 
contact or scheduled release date.
C. Other priority populations shall be assessed and 
admitted to appropriate services within seventy-two (72) hours 
of initial contact.
(10) Referrals and Interim Services. If an individual who will 
be receiving department-funded/contracted services has been 
determined to have injected drugs within the past thirty (30) 
days, and he/she cannot be assessed and admitted to the 
program within forty-eight (48) hours of receiving such a 
request, staff shall—
(A) Refer the individual to an alternative substance use 
disorder treatment program that has sufficient capacity to 
admit him/her within forty-eight (48) hours; or
(B) Provide interim substance use services within forty-eight 
(48) hours of the initial request and admit him/her to treatment 
within one hundred twenty (120) days of the initial request. 
(C) Interim services shall be provided until the individual is 
enrolled in an episode of care. Interim services are intended to 
maintain engagement and help the individual recognize the 
harmful consequences of substance use, reduce the adverse 
health effects of substance use, and reduce the likelihood of 
detrimental or unlawful behavior.
1. An assessment is not required for individuals receiving 
interim services.
2. Interim services may be delivered on an individual or 
group basis. 
3. Documentation must be included in the individual 
record for those who miss a scheduled session or refuse interim 
services, including efforts to reengage.
4. Interim services must include, but are not limited to: 
A. Counseling and education about HIV , tuberculosis 
(TB), and hepatitis;
B. Counseling and education about the risks of sharing 
needles;
C. Counseling and education about the risks of 
transmission of infectious diseases to sexual partners and 
infants and measures to ensure such transmission does not 
occur;
D. Referral for HIV , TB, or hepatitis treatment services, if 
necessary;
E. Group rehabilitative support focusing on reducing 
the adverse health effects of substance use or other aspects of 
treatment and recovery; and
F. Referral to recovery support programs or self-help 
(mutual support) groups that offer social, emotional, and 
informational support for individuals seeking treatment 
and educational materials that will increase understanding 
about addiction and recovery, including other local resources 
available.
5. Interim services may include services such as motivational 
interviewing to establish a therapeutic partnership and support 
engagement in treatment when the program has the capacity 
to admit the individual into an appropriate episode of care. 
(11) Waiting Lists. The department may require organizations 
that receive federal block grant funds to maintain a waiting 
list for specific populations to meet block grant reporting 
requirements. When a waiting list is required, the organization 
shall—
(A) Document the individual’s date of placement on the list, 
including identified needs;
(B) Implement a process for maintaining contact with 
individuals who meet criteria as a priority population and are 
awaiting admission to treatment;
(C) Maintain the list through ongoing review and updates;
(D) Identify procedures for referring individuals who are in 
crisis or are a priority population to necessary care or interim 
services;
(E) Document all contacts with individuals on the waiting 
list; and
(F) Respond to long-term waiting lists through strategic or 
community-based planning, involvement of support services, 
and referral to available services/supports. 
(12) Discharge. Each individual’s length of engagement in 
services shall be based on his/her needs and progress in 
achieving treatment goals. 
(A) Criteria to consider in determining successful completion 
and discharge from treatment includes, but is not limited to, 
the individual’s ability to—
8 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/23) John R. Ashcroft
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
1. Recognize and understand his/her substance use 
disorder and its resulting impact on family members/natural 
supports, impairments on health and social functioning, and 
other societal consequences;
2. Demonstrate absence of an immediate or a recurring 
crisis that poses a substantial risk for a return to use of 
substances;
3. Stabilize emotional problems, when applicable, such 
as not experiencing serious psychiatric symptoms and taking 
medication as prescribed;
4. Demonstrate independent living skills;
5. Implement a plan to prevent return to use of substances; 
and
6. Develop family and/or social networks which support 
recovery/resiliency and a continuing recovery plan.
(B) Discharges prior to an individual accomplishing his/her 
treatment goals shall be documented in the individual record, 
including the rationale for discharge. 
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. ** Rescinded 
and readopted: Filed May 28, 2021, effective Dec. 30, 2021.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
**Pursuant to Executive Order 21-07, 9 CSR 30-3.100, paragraph (6)(A)2. was suspended from April 
23, 2020 through August 31, 2021.
9 CSR 30-3.110 Service Definitions, Staff Qualifications, and 
Documentation Requirements for Substance Use Disorder 
Treatment Programs
PURPOSE: This rule defines and describes services, staff 
qualifications, and documentation requirements for certified/
deemed certified substance use disorder treatment programs. 
(1) Service Definitions and Staff Qualifications. Services shall 
be provided as defined in this rule, in accordance with the 
organization’s certification and contractual status with the 
department. 
(A) Case management—links the individual and family 
members with needed services and supports. Key service 
functions include, but are not limited to: 
1. Arranging for or referring individuals/family members 
to appropriate services/supports and resources; 
2. Communicating with referral sources and coordinating 
services with other entities including, but not limited to, 
physical and behavioral healthcare providers, the criminal 
justice system, and social service agencies; and
3. Assisting individuals in resolving a crisis situation.
4. Services shall be provided by—
A. A qualified addiction professional (QAP);
B. An associate addiction counselor (AAC); or
C. A staff person with a bachelor’s degree in social 
work, psychology, nursing, or a closely related field from an 
accredited college or university. Equivalent experience may be 
substituted on the basis of one (1) year for each year of required 
educational training.
(B) Collateral dependent counseling (individual and group)—
face-to-face, goal-oriented therapeutic interaction with an 
individual, or a group of individuals, to address dysfunctional 
behaviors and life patterns associated with being a family 
member of an individual who has a substance use disorder and 
is currently participating in treatment. Group sessions shall 
not exceed twelve (12) family members, which may involve 
multiple individuals engaged in treatment. 
1. This service shall only be provided to family members of 
the individual in treatment when the services are for the direct 
benefit of the individual in accordance with his/her needs and 
goals identified in the treatment plan, and for assisting in the 
individual’s recovery. 
2. The individual being served in treatment shall not 
participate in collateral dependent counseling sessions. 
3. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Exploration of substance use disorders and its impact 
on the family member’s functioning;
B. Development of coping skills and personal 
responsibility for changing one’s own dysfunctional patterns 
in relationships;
C. Examination of attitudes, feelings, and long-term 
consequences of living with a person with a substance use 
disorder;
D. Identification and consideration of alternatives and 
structured problem-solving;
E. Productive and functional decision-making; and
F. Development of motivation and action by group 
members through peer support, structured confrontation, and 
constructive feedback.
4. Counseling for family members age five (5) and younger 
shall only be provided when the child is shown to have the 
requisite social and verbal skills to participate in and benefit 
from the service.
5. This service shall be provided by a Marital and Family 
Therapist or QAP practicing within his/her current competence.
6. Group services for children under age twelve (12) 
shall be provided by a graduate of an accredited college or 
university with a bachelor’s degree in counseling, psychology, 
social work, or closely related field.
(C) Communicable disease counseling—assists individuals 
in understanding how to reduce the behaviors that interfere 
with their ability to lead healthy, safe lives and help them 
achieve optimal functioning and desired personal potential. 
Topics may include, but are not limited to, disclosing human 
immunodeficiency virus (HIV), sexually transmitted infections 
(STI), tuberculosis (TB) status, and/or substance use to family 
members/natural supports, addressing stigma in accessing 
services, maximizing healthcare service interactions, reducing 
substance use and avoiding overdose, and addressing anxiety, 
anger, and depressive episodes. 
1. The program shall have a working relationship with 
the local health department, a physician, or other qualified 
healthcare practitioner to provide individuals with necessary 
testing for HIV , TB, STIs, and hepatitis. 
2. Prior to an individual being tested for HIV , counseling 
shall be provided by a staff person who is knowledgeable about 
communicable diseases including HIV , STIs, and TB through 
training and/or previous employment experience. 
3. The program shall make referrals and cooperate with 
appropriate entities to ensure coordinated treatment is 
provided for individuals with positive test results.
4. Post-test counseling may be provided for individuals who 
test positive for HIV or TB. Program staff providing post-test 
counseling must be knowledgeable about additional services 
and care coordination available through the Department of 
Health and Senior Services.
5. Program staff shall arrange and coordinate post-test 
follow-up for individuals who test positive for a STI or hepatitis.
6. This service shall be provided by a licensed mental 
health professional, QAP , or AAC who is knowledgeable about 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 9
John R. Ashcroft (2/28/23)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
communicable diseases including HIV , STIs, and TB through 
training and/or previous employment experience. Knowledge 
shall include, but is not limited to, awareness of risks, disease 
management/treatment and resources for care, confidentiality 
requirements, and therapeutically assisting individuals in 
understanding and appropriately responding to test results. 
(D) Community support—as specified in 9 CSR 30-3.157;
(E) Crisis prevention and intervention—face-to-face emergency 
or telephone intervention available twenty-four (24) hours per 
day, on an unscheduled basis, to assist individuals in resolving 
a crisis and providing support and assistance to promote a 
return to routine, adaptive functioning. 
1. Minimum service functions shall include, but are not 
limited to:
A. Interacting with the identified individual and his 
or her family members/natural supports, legal guardian, or a 
combination of these; 
B. Specifying factors that led to the individual’s crisis 
state, when known; 
C. Identifying maladaptive reactions exhibited by the 
individual;
D. Evaluating potential for rapid regression; 
E. Attempting to resolve the crisis; and 
F. Referring the individual for treatment in an alternative 
setting when indicated. 
2. Documentation must include—
A. A description of the precipitating event(s)/situation 
when known;
B. A description of the individual’s mental status;
C. The intervention(s) initiated to resolve the individual’s 
crisis state;
D. The individual’s response to the intervention(s);
E. The individual’s disposition; and
F. Planned follow-up by staff.
3. Services must be provided by a qualified mental health 
professional (QMHP) or QAP . Non-licensed or non-credentialed 
staff providing this service must have immediate, twenty-four 
(24) hour telephone access to consultation with a licensed 
physician/psychiatrist, licensed physician assistant, licensed 
assistant physician, or advanced practice registered nurse 
(APRN).
(F) Day treatment—combines group rehabilitative support 
with medically necessary services that are structured 
and therapeutic and focus on providing opportunities for 
individuals to apply and practice healthy skills, decision-
making, and appropriate expression of thoughts and feelings. 
1. Day treatment shall be provided in a group setting.
2. Services shall be designed to assist individuals with 
compensating for or eliminating functional deficits and 
interpersonal and/or environmental barriers associated with 
a substance use disorder. Services are intended to restore 
individuals to being active and productive members of their 
family, community, and/or culture to the fullest extent possible. 
3. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Promoting an understanding of the relevance of the 
nature, course, and treatment of substance use disorders to 
assist individuals in understanding their individual recovery 
needs and how they can restore functionality;
B. Assisting in the development and implementation 
of lifestyle changes needed to cope with the side effects of 
addiction, use of prescribed psychotropic medications, and/
or promote recovery from the disabilities, negative symptoms, 
and/or functional delays associated with a substance use 
disorder; and
C. Assisting with the restoration of skills and use of 
resources to address symptoms that interfere with activities of 
daily living and community integration. 
4. Services shall be provided by a team consisting of 
Group Rehabilitation Support Specialists and Day Treatment 
Technicians. 
(G) Drug testing—conducted to determine and detect an 
individual’s use of alcohol or other drugs and/or monitor 
compliance with a prescribed medication regimen as a 
necessary support and adjunct to treatment. 
1. Drug testing may be of greater importance for 
individuals—
A. With known or suspected diversion of medication for 
substance use disorders;
B. Who present in person to the program with symptoms 
and signs of intoxication or withdrawal;
C. With a self-reported or otherwise identified overdose; 
and
D. With significantly unstable opioid and/or other 
substance use disorders.
2. Test results shall be discussed with persons served in 
order to intervene with substance use behavior, including 
updates to the treatment plan based on test results.
3. Test results and actions taken shall be documented in 
the individual record, including the category or type of test 
(on-site or laboratory), the number of panels, types of drugs 
tested for, and the test results. 
4. Drug testing may be performed on-site or sent to a 
laboratory. A laboratory which analyzes specimens must meet 
all applicable state and federal laws and regulations.
5. Written policies and procedures regarding the 
collection and handling of specimens shall be implemented. 
Urine or other specimens shall be collected in a manner 
that communicates respect for persons served, while taking 
reasonable steps to prevent falsification of samples.
6. The program shall implement written policies and 
procedures outlining the interpretation of results and actions 
to be taken when the presence of alcohol or other drugs has 
been determined.
(H) Family conference—intervention that enlists the 
assistance of the individual’s support system through meeting 
with family members, referral sources, and other natural 
supports about the individual’s treatment plan, continuing 
recovery plan, and discharge plan. The service must include 
the individual served and be for his/her direct benefit in 
accordance with needs and goals identified in the treatment 
plan and to assist in his/her recovery. 
1. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Communicating about issues in the individual’s 
home that are barriers to achieving his/her treatment goals;
B. Identifying relapse triggers and establishing a 
continuing recovery plan;
C. Assessing the need for family therapy or other 
referrals to support the family system; and
D. Participating in continuing recovery and discharge 
planning conferences.
2. Services shall be provided by a QAP or AAC. 
3. Documentation must indicate the relationship of the 
family members and/or other participants to the individual in 
treatment.
(I) Family therapy—face-to-face counseling or family-based 
therapeutic interventions (such as role playing or educational 
discussions) for the individual served and/or one (1) or more 
of his/her family members/natural supports. Services must be 
for the direct benefit of the individual served in accordance 
with his/her treatment needs and goals and to assist in their 
10 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/23) John R. Ashcroft
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
recovery. 
1. Services shall address and resolve patterns of 
dysfunctional communication and interactions that have 
become persistent over time, particularly as they relate to 
alcohol and/or other drug use. 
2. Services may be offered to members of a single family 
or members of multiple families dealing with similar issues. 
3. Services may be provided in an office setting or the 
individual’s home, depending on those involved.
4. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Utilizing generally accepted principles of family 
therapy to influence family interaction patterns;
B. Examining family interaction styles, confronting 
patterns of dysfunctional behavior, and strengthening 
communication patterns that promote healthy family function;
C. Facilitating family participation in family self-help 
recovery groups;
D. Developing and applying skills and strategies for 
improving family functioning; and
E. Promoting healthy family interactions independent of 
formal helping systems.
5. Documentation must indicate the relationship of the 
family members/natural supports to the individual engaged 
in treatment.
6. In any calendar month, for fifty percent (50%) of family 
therapy sessions, the individual engaged in treatment must 
be present, in addition to one (1) or more of his/her family 
members/natural supports. Family members younger than age 
twelve (12) can be counted as one (1) of the required family 
members when the child is shown to have the requisite social 
and verbal skills to participate in and benefit from the service. 
7. Services shall be provided by a professional who—
A. Is licensed or provisionally licensed in Missouri as a 
marital and family therapist; or
B. Has a degree in marriage and family therapy, 
psychology, social work, or counseling and—
(I) Has at least one (1) year of supervised experience in 
family therapy and has specialized training in family therapy; 
or
(II) Receives close supervision from a professional who 
meets the requirements of subparagraph (1)(I)7.A. and B. of this 
rule; or 
C. A QAP who receives close supervision from an 
individual who meets the requirements of subparagraphs (1)
(I)7.A. and B. of this rule.
(J) Group counseling—face-to-face, goal-oriented therapeutic 
interaction between a counselor and two (2) or more individuals 
based on needs and goals specified in their treatment plans. 
Services shall be designed to promote individual functioning 
and recovery through personal disclosure and interpersonal 
interaction among group members. 
1. This service can include trauma-related symptoms and 
co-occurring behavioral health and substance use disorders. 
2. Evidence-based practices, such as motivational 
interviewing and cognitive behavioral therapy, shall be utilized 
by appropriately trained staff.
3. Some scheduled group sessions may not be applicable to 
or appropriate for all individuals, therefore, participation shall 
be on a designated or selective basis. Examples of designated 
or selective groups include, but are not limited to, parenting 
skills, budgeting, anger management, domestic violence, co-
occurring disorders, life skills, and trauma. 
4. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Facilitating individual disclosure of addiction-related 
issues which permits generalization of the issues to the larger 
group;
B. Promoting recognition of addictive thinking and 
behaviors and teaching strategies that support non-use of 
alcohol and/or other drugs that interfere with the individual’s 
functioning; 
C. Preparing individuals to cope with physical, cognitive, 
and emotional symptoms of craving alcohol and/or other 
drugs;
D. Encouraging and modeling productive and positive 
interpersonal communication; and
E. Developing motivation and action by group members 
through peer influence, structured confrontation, and 
constructive feedback.
5. Services shall be provided by a QAP , QMHP , AAC, or an 
intern/practicum student as specified in 9 CSR 10-7.110(5). 
6. The usual and customary group size is twelve (12) 
individuals. The size of group counseling sessions shall not 
exceed an average of twelve (12) individuals during a calendar 
month, per facilitator, per group.
7. A group log or documentation in the individual record 
(paper or electronic format) shall be maintained for each 
session documenting the type of service, summary of the 
service, date, actual beginning and ending time of the group, 
each individual’s in and out time, and the signature and title 
of the staff member providing the service. Signature stamps 
shall not be used.
(K) Group rehabilitative support—facilitated group 
discussions based on individual needs and treatment plan 
goals to promote an understanding of the relevance of the 
nature, course, and treatment of substance use disorders to 
assist individuals in understanding their recovery needs and 
how they can restore functionality. 
1. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Classroom style didactic lecture to present information 
about a topic and its relationship to substance use;
B. Presentation of audio-visual materials that are 
educational in nature with required follow-up discussion. 
Instructional aids shall be incorporated into education sessions 
to enhance understanding and promote discussion and 
interaction among individuals. Aids may include, but are not 
limited to, DVDs or other electronic media, worksheets, and 
informational handouts and shall not comprise more than 
twenty percent (20%) of group rehabilitative support sessions;
C. Promotion of discussion and questions about the 
topic presented to the individuals in attendance; and
D. Generalization of the information and demonstration 
of its relevance to recovery and enhanced functioning.
2. The program shall develop a schedule and curriculum 
for delivery of group rehabilitative support that addresses topics 
and issues relevant to the individuals served. Individuals shall 
attend group sessions that are relevant to their needs and goals 
based on the assessment and interventions recommended in 
their individual treatment plan. 
3. Services shall be provided by a group rehabilitation 
support specialist who is present throughout the session and— 
A. Is suited by education, background, or experience to 
present the information being discussed;
B. Demonstrates competency and skill in facilitating 
group discussions; and
C. Has knowledge of the topic(s) being taught.
4. Group size shall not exceed an average of thirty (30) 
individuals during a calendar month, per facilitator, per group 
session.
5. A group log or documentation in the individual record 
(paper or electronic format) shall be maintained for each 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 11
John R. Ashcroft (2/28/23)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
session documenting the type of service, summary of the 
service, date, actual beginning and ending time of the group, 
each individual’s in and out time, and the signature and title 
of the staff member providing the service. Signature stamps 
shall not be used. 
(L) Individual counseling—face-to-face, structured, and goal-
oriented therapeutic counseling designed to resolve issues 
related to the use of alcohol and/or other drugs that interfere 
with the individual’s functioning. 
1. Evidence-based interventions including, but not limited 
to, motivational interviewing, cognitive behavioral therapy, 
and trauma-informed care shall be utilized, when appropriate.
2. Key service functions shall include, but are not limited 
to: 
A. Exploration of an identified problem and its impact 
on the individual’s functioning;
B. Examination of attitudes, feelings, and behaviors that 
promote recovery and improved functioning;
C. Identification and consideration of alternatives and 
structured problem-solving; 
D. Discussion of skills to aid in making positive decisions; 
and 
E. Application of information presented in the program 
to the individual’s life situation to promote recovery and 
improved functioning. 
3. Services shall be provided by a QAP , QMHP , AAC, or an 
intern/practicum student as specified in 9 CSR 10-7.110(5).
(M) Individual counseling, co-occurring disorders—
individual, face-to-face, structured and goal-oriented 
therapeutic interaction between an individual and a counselor 
designed to identify and resolve issues related to substance use 
and co-occurring mental illness functioning. 
1. This service must be provided by—
A. A licensed or provisionally licensed qualified mental 
health professional (QMHP); 
B. An individual holding the Co-Occurring Disorders 
Professional or Co-Occurring Disorders Professional/Diplomate 
credential from the Missouri Credentialing Board;
C. A non-licensed QMHP who meets the co-occurring 
counselor competency requirements established by the 
department; or
D. A QAP who meets the co-occurring counselor 
competency requirements established by the department.
(N) Individual counseling, trauma—individual, face-to-face 
counseling provided to the individual in accordance with his/
her treatment plan to resolve issues related to psychological 
trauma in the context of a substance use disorder. Personal 
safety and empowerment of the individual must be addressed.
1. This service must be provided by a—
A. Licensed or provisionally licensed mental health 
professional; or 
B. Professional licensed by the Missouri Division of 
Professional Registration who is practicing within their current 
competence.
2. Qualified staff must have specialized training on trauma 
and trauma-informed care and/or equivalent work experience 
and shall utilize an evidence-based treatment model for the 
delivery of this service.
(O) Medication services—goal-oriented interaction to 
assess the appropriateness of medications in an individual’s 
treatment, periodic evaluation/reevaluation of the efficacy 
of prescribed medications, and ongoing management of a 
medication regimen within the context of the individual’s 
treatment plan.
1. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Assessment of the individual’s presenting condition;
B. Mental status exam;
C. Review of symptoms and screening for medication 
side effects;
D. Review of functioning;
E. Assessment of the individual’s ability to self-administer 
medications;
F. Education regarding the effects of medication and its 
relationship to the individual’s substance use disorder and/or 
mental illness; and
G. Prescription of medication(s), when indicated.
2. Services shall be provided by a licensed physician, or 
licensed psychiatrist, or licensed physician assistant, licensed 
assistant physician, or APRN who is in a collaborating practice 
agreement with a licensed physician. 
(P) Medication services support—medical and other 
consultative services for the purpose of monitoring 
and managing an individual’s health needs while taking 
medications. 
1. Services must be provided by a registered nurse (RN) or 
licensed practical nurse (LPN).
(Q) Peer and family support—coordinated services within 
the context of a comprehensive, individualized treatment 
plan that includes specific individualized goals. Services are 
person-centered and promote the individual’s ownership of 
his/her treatment plan. 
1. Services may be provided to the individual’s family/
natural supports when the services are for the direct benefit 
of the individual served in accordance with his/her needs 
and goals identified in the treatment plan and to assist in the 
individual’s recovery.
2. Key service functions include, but are not limited to:
A. Planning in a person-centered manner to promote 
the development of self-advocacy skills;
B. Empowering the individual to take a proactive role 
in developing, updating, and implementing his/her person-
centered treatment plan; 
C. Providing crisis support;
D. Assisting the individual and his/her family and other 
natural supports in the use of positive self-management 
techniques, problem-solving skills, coping mechanisms, 
symptom management, and communication strategies 
identified in the treatment plan, so the individual remains in 
the least restrictive setting, achieves recovery and resiliency 
goals, self-advocates for quality physical and behavioral health 
services, and has access to strength-based behavioral health 
and physical health services in the community; 
E. Assisting individuals and their family members/
natural supports in identifying strengths and personal/family 
resources to aid recovery, promote resilience, and recognize 
their capacity for recovery/resilience; 
F. Serving as an advocate, mentor, or facilitator for 
resolution of issues and skills necessary to enhance and 
improve the health of a child/youth with a substance use and/
or co-occurring disorder; and
G. Providing information and support to the parent(s)/
caregiver(s) of a child who has a serious emotional disorder 
so they have a better understanding of the child’s needs, 
the importance of his/her voice in the development and 
implementation of the individual treatment plan, the roles of 
the various service/support providers and the importance of 
the team approach, and assisting in the exploration of options 
to be considered as part of treatment.
3. Services shall be provided by a certified peer specialist 
or family support provider. 
12 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/23) John R. Ashcroft
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
(R) Withdrawal management/detoxification, as defined in 9 
CSR 30-3.120.
(2) Ratio of Qualified Addiction Professionals. A majority of the 
program’s staff who provide individual and group counseling 
shall be Qualified Addiction Professionals (QAP). 
(3) Supervision of Associate Counselors. If an AAC provides 
individual or group counseling, he/she shall meet the 
requirements of the Missouri Credentialing Board or the 
appropriate board of professional registration within the 
Department of Commerce and Insurance. All counselor 
functions performed by an AAC shall be performed pursuant 
to the supervisor’s authority, oversight, guidance, and full 
professional responsibility. 
(A) The supervisor shall review and countersign 
documentation in individual records made by the AAC. 
(B) Documentation which must be countersigned includes 
the initial treatment plan, treatment plan updates, and 
discharge summaries. 
(C) A training plan must be in place for each AAC and be 
available for review by department staff or other authorized 
representatives.
(4) Credentials for Supervisor of Counselors. Unless otherwise 
required by these rules, supervision of counselors must be 
provided by a QAP who has—
(A) A degree from an accredited college in an approved field 
of study; or 
(B) Four (4) or more years of employment experience in the 
treatment and rehabilitation of persons with substance use 
disorders.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: 
Filed Sept. 25, 2002, effective May 30, 2003. Rescinded and 
readopted: Filed May 28, 2021, effective Dec. 30, 2021.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.120 Detoxification 
PURPOSE: This rule describes the goals, eligibility and discharge 
criteria, levels of care, and performance indicators for detoxification 
programs. 
(1) Goals. Detoxification is the process of withdrawing a person 
from alcohol, other drugs or both in a safe, humane, and 
effective manner. The goals of detoxification services are to 
help persons become—
(A) Alcohol and drug-free in a safe manner without suffering 
severe physical consequences of withdrawal. Medical services 
shall be provided or arranged, when clinically indicated; and
(B) Involved in continuing treatment. Each person shall be 
oriented to treatment resources and recovery concepts and 
shall be assisted in making arrangements for continuing 
treatment.
(2) Screening. Upon initial contact, a person shall be screened 
by a trained staff member and assigned to a level of care based 
on the signs and symptoms of intoxication, impairment or 
withdrawal, as well as factors related to health and safety. 
(A) A screening protocol approved by a physician shall be used 
to evaluate the person’s physical and mental condition and to 
guide the level of care decision. The department may require, 
at its option, the use of a standardized screening protocol for 
those services funded by the department or provided through 
a service network authorized by the department.
(B) The assigned level of care shall have the ability to 
effectively address the person’s physical and mental condition.
(3) Eligibility Criteria. In order to be eligible for detoxification 
services, a person must present symptoms of intoxication, 
impairment or withdrawal and also must require supervision 
and monitoring of their physical and mental status to ensure 
safety. A person qualifies for detoxification services on a 
residential basis if one or more of the following additional 
criteria are met:
(A) Demonstrates a current inability to minimally care for 
oneself; 
(B) Lacks a supportive, safe place to go and demonstrates a 
likelihood of continued use of alcohol or other drugs if free to 
do so; 
(C) Requires ongoing observation and monitoring of vital 
signs due to a prior history of physical complications associated 
with withdrawal or the severity of current symptoms of 
intoxication, impairment or withdrawal; or 
(D) Presents a likelihood of harm to self or others as a result 
of intoxication, impairment or withdrawal.
(4) Certified Levels of Care. A person shall be assigned to one (1) 
of the following levels of detoxification service in accordance 
with the screening protocol and admission criteria. An agency 
may offer and be certified for one (1) or more of the following 
levels of detoxification service:
(A) Social Setting Detoxification. This level of care is offered 
by trained staff in a residential setting with services and 
admission available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) 
days per week. 
1. Medical personnel are not available on-site to prescribe, 
dispense or administer medications or to diagnosis and treat 
health problems. 
2. A person, who is admitted to social setting detoxification 
with medication for an established physical or mental 
health condition, may continue to self-administer his or her 
medication;
(B) Modified Medical Detoxification. This level of care is 
offered by medical staff in a non-hospital setting with services 
and admission available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven 
(7) days per week.
1. Routine medical services are provided, and medications 
are used, when clinically indicated, to alleviate symptoms of 
intoxication, impairment or withdrawal.
2. A registered or licensed nurse is on duty at all times. 
Licensed nursing staff receive clinical supervision by a 
registered nurse.
3. There is on call at all times a physician or an advanced 
practice nurse licensed and authorized to title and practice 
as an advanced practice nurse pursuant to section 335.016, 
RSMo and who is engaged in a written collaborative practice 
arrangement as defined by law.
(C) Medical Detoxification. This level of care is offered by 
medical staff in a licensed hospital with services and admission 
available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per 
week. Emergency and non-emergency medical services are 
provided, and medications are used, when clinically indicated, 
to alleviate symptoms of impairment or withdrawal.
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 13
John R. Ashcroft (2/28/23)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
(5) Safety and Supervision. All detoxification services shall be 
provided in a humane manner and shall ensure the safety and 
well-being of persons served. 
(A) There shall be monitoring and assessment of the person’s 
physical and emotional status during the detoxification 
process.
1. Vital signs shall be taken on a regular basis, with the 
frequency determined by client need based on a standardized 
assessment instrument.
2. Blood alcohol concentration may be monitored upon 
admission and thereafter as indicated. Further testing of urine 
or blood may be conducted by qualified personnel.
(B) Staff coverage in residential settings shall ensure the 
continuous supervision and safety of clients. 
1. Two (2) staff members shall be on-site at all times, and 
additional staff may be required, as warranted by the size of the 
program and the responsibilities and duties of staff members.
2. Staff providing direct supervision and monitoring of 
clients shall demonstrate competency in recognizing symptoms 
of intoxication, impairment and withdrawal; monitoring vital 
signs; and understanding basic principles and resources for 
substance abuse treatment. 
3. Clients shall be supervised at all times by a staff member 
with current certification in first aid and cardiopulmonary 
resuscitation. 
(6) Continuing Treatment. Detoxification services shall actively 
encourage each person to address substance abuse issues and 
to make arrangements for continuing treatment. There shall 
be documentation of services delivered and arrangements 
for continuing treatment. A comprehensive assessment and 
master treatment plan are not required during detoxification.
(A) Information and education shall be given to each person 
regarding substance abuse issues. 
(B) Individual and group sessions shall be provided, and each 
person shall be expected to participate in these sessions, to the 
extent warranted by their physical and mental status.
(C) Each person shall be encouraged to make plans for 
continuing treatment. 
1. Staff shall assist in making referrals and other 
arrangements, as needed.
2. Any client refusal of treatment services or referrals shall 
be documented.
(D) A qualified substance abuse professional shall be available 
and involved in providing individual and group sessions and 
making arrangements for continuing treatment.
(7) Discharge Criteria. A person shall be successfully discharged 
or transferred from the detoxification service when they 
are physically and mentally able to function without the 
supervision, monitoring and support of this service.
(8) The program handles applications for civil detention 
of intoxicated persons in accordance with sections 631.115, 
631.120 and 631.125, RSMo 2000 unless a waiver is granted in 
writing by the department.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655 and 631.010, RSMo 2000.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: 
Filed Oct. 15, 2001, effective April 30, 2002. Amended: Filed April 
15, 2002, effective Nov. 30, 2002.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995; 630.655, RSMo 1980; 
and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.130 Outpatient Treatment 
PURPOSE: This rule describes the levels of outpatient care that 
may be certified and the goals, eligibility criteria, and available 
services. Discharge criteria and performance indicators for 
outpatient programs are also identified. 
(1) Available Services. An array of services shall be available on 
an outpatient basis to persons with substance abuse problems 
and their family members. The program shall provide all 
services and comply with the functions required under 9 CSR 
30-3.110.
(2) Certified Levels of Care. Outpatient services shall be 
organized and certified according to levels of care. Each of 
the levels of care shall vary in the intensity and duration of 
services offered. 
(A) The levels of care may include—
1. Community-based primary treatment. This level of 
care is the most structured, intensive, and short-term service 
delivery option with services offered on a frequent, almost 
daily basis; 
2. Intensive outpatient rehabilitation. This level of care 
provides intermediate structure, intensity and duration of 
treatment and rehabilitation, with services offered on multiple 
occasions per week; 
3. Supported recovery. This level of care provides treatment 
and rehabilitation on a regularly scheduled basis, with 
services offered on approximately a weekly basis unless other 
scheduling is clinically indicated. 
(B) All outpatient services and levels of care offered by an 
organization shall be certified in accordance with this rule. 
An organization shall be certified as providing one of the 
following methods of outpatient service delivery: 
1. Supported recovery; 
2. Intensive outpatient rehabilitation and supported 
recovery; or 
3. Community-based primary treatment, intensive 
outpatient rehabilitation and supported recovery. 
(C) Outpatient services shall be provided in a coordinated 
manner responsive to each person’s needs, progress and 
outcomes. 
1. The organization shall ensure that individuals can 
access an appropriate level of care. 
A. If all three (3) outpatient levels of care are not offered, 
the organization shall demonstrate that it effectively helps 
persons to access other levels of care that may be available in 
the local geographic area, as needed. 
B. The organization must demonstrate that it effectively 
helps persons to access detoxification and residential treatment 
services, as needed. 
2. An organization with multiple service sites shall not be 
required to offer its certified levels of care at every site, if it can 
demonstrate that an individual has reasonable access to its 
levels of care through coordinated service delivery. 
3. A light meal shall be served at a site to those individuals 
who receive services for a period of more than four (4) 
consecutive hours. Additional meals shall be provided, if 
warranted by the program’s hours of operation. 
(3) Individualized Treatment Options. The levels of care shall 
be used in a manner that provides individualized treatment 
options and offers service intensity in accordance with the 
needs, progress and outcomes of each person served. 
14 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/23) John R. Ashcroft
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
(A) A person may enter treatment at any level of care in 
accordance with eligibility criteria. 
(B) A person can move from one level of care to another over 
time in accordance with symptoms, progress, outcomes and 
other clinical factors. 
1. The duration of each level of care shall be time-limited 
and tailored to the individual’s needs. 
2. A person may be transferred to a more intensive level of 
care if there is a continuing inability to make progress toward 
treatment and rehabilitation goals.
(4) Community-Based Primary Treatment. This level of care is 
the most structured, intensive, and short-term service delivery 
option. Structured services shall be offered at least five (5) days 
per week and should approximate the service intensity of 
residential treatment. 
(A) Eligibility for primary treatment shall be based on—
1. Evidence that the person cannot achieve abstinence 
without close monitoring and structured support; and
2. Need for frequent, almost daily services and supervision.
(B) Expected outcomes for primary treatment are to—
1. Interrupt a significant pattern of substance abuse;
2. Achieve a period of abstinence; 
3. Enhance motivation for recovery; and 
4. Stabilize emotional and behavioral functioning.
(C) The program shall offer an intensive array of services 
each week. 
1. Each person shall participate in at least twenty-five 
(25) hours of service per week, unless contraindicated by 
the individual’s medical, emotional, legal, and/or family 
circumstances, and unless residential support is provided.
2. Where residential support is provided, each person 
shall be offered additional structured therapeutic activities in 
accordance with residential treatment standards.
3. Each person shall participate in at least one (1) hour per 
week of individual counseling. Additional individual counseling 
shall be provided, in accordance with the individual’s needs.
4. For community-based primary treatment that is funded 
by the department or provided through a service network 
authorized by the department, day treatment may be specified 
as the applicable service for this level of care. 
(5) Intensive Outpatient Rehabilitation. This level of care offers 
an intermediate intensity and duration of treatment. Services 
should be offered on multiple occasions during each week. 
(A) Eligibility for intensive outpatient rehabilitation shall be 
based on—
1. Ability to limit substance use and remain abstinent 
without close monitoring and structured support; 
2. Absence of crisis that cannot be resolved by community 
support services;
3. Evidence of willingness to participate in the program, 
keep appointments, participate in self-help, etc.; and
4. Willingness, as clinically appropriate, to involve 
significant others in the treatment process, such as family, 
employer, probation officer, etc. 
(B) Expected outcomes for intensive outpatient rehabilitation 
are to—
1. Establish and/or maintain sobriety; 
2. Improve emotional and behavioral functioning; and 
3. Develop recovery supports in the family and community. 
(C) The program shall offer at least ten (10) hours of service 
per week.
1. Each person shall be expected to participate in at least 
ten (10) hours of service per week, unless contraindicated 
by the individual’s medical, emotional, legal, and/or family 
circumstances. 
2. Each person shall participate in at least one (1) hour per 
week of individual counseling.
(6) Supported Recovery. This level of care offers treatment on 
a regularly scheduled basis, while allowing for a temporary 
increase in services to address a crisis, relapse, or imminent 
risk of relapse. Services should be offered on approximately a 
weekly basis, unless other scheduling is clinically indicated. 
(A) Eligibility for supported recovery shall be based on— 
1. Lack of need for structured or intensive treatment; 
2. Presence of adequate resources to support oneself in the 
community; 
3. Absence of crisis that cannot be resolved by community 
support services; 
4. Willingness to participate in the program, keep 
appointments, participate in self-help, etc.; 
5. Evidence of a desire to maintain a drug-free lifestyle; 
6. Involvement in the community, such as family, church, 
employer, etc.; and 
7. Presence of recovery supports in the family and/or 
community. 
(B) Expected outcomes for supported recovery are to— 
1. Maintain sobriety and minimize the risk of relapse; 
2. Improve family and social relationships; 
3. Promote vocational/educational functioning; and 
4. Further develop recovery supports in the community. 
(C) The program shall offer at least three (3) hours of service 
per week. Each person shall be expected to participate in any 
combination of services determined to be clinically necessary. 
(7) Continued Services. The treatment episode or level of care 
shall be reviewed for the appropriateness of continued services 
if the person presents repeated relapse incidents, a pattern 
of noncompliance or poor attendance, threats or aggression 
toward staff or other clients, or failure to comply with basic 
program rules. 
(8) Discharge Criteria. Each person’s length of stay in outpatient 
services shall be individualized, based on the person’s needs 
and progress in achieving treatment goals.
(A) An individual should be considered for successful 
completion and discharge from outpatient services upon—
1. Recognizing and understanding his/her substance abuse 
problem and its impacts;
2. Achieving a continuous period of sobriety;
3. Absence of immediate or recurring crisis that poses a 
substantial risk of relapse;
4. Stabilizing emotional problems, when applicable (for 
example, not experiencing serious psychiatric symptoms, 
taking psychotropic medication as prescribed, etc.); 
5. Demonstrating independent living skills;
6. Implementing a relapse prevention plan; and
7. Developing family and/or social networks which support 
recovery and a continuing recovery plan.
(B) A person may be discharged from outpatient services 
before accomplishing these goals if—
1. Commitment to continuing services is not demonstrated 
by the client; or
2. No further progress is imminent or likely to occur.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655 and 631.010, RSMo 2000.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: 
Filed Oct. 15, 2001, effective April 30, 2002. Amended: Filed July 29, 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 15
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
2002, effective March 30, 2003.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995; 630.655, RSMo 1980; 
and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.132 Opioid Treatment Programs
PURPOSE: This rule describes the specific functions, policies, and 
practices required for certified opioid treatment programs. 
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Certification Requirements. To be certified as an opioid 
treatment program (OTP) by the department, the program 
must comply with the following prior to delivering services:
(A) The program shall comply with applicable federal, state, 
and local laws and regulations, including those under the 
jurisdiction of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA); 
Department of Health and Human Services, Substance Abuse 
and Mental Health Services Administration (HHS/SAMHSA); 
and the Department of Health and Senior Services, Bureau of 
Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs (DHSS/BNDD);
(B) The program shall comply with 9 CSR 10-5 General 
Program Procedures, 9 CSR 10-7 Core Rules for Psychiatric and 
Substance Use Disorder Treatment Programs, and 9 CSR 30-3 
Substance Use Disorder Prevention and Treatment Programs, 
as applicable; and
(C) The program shall have appropriate accreditation from 
CARF International (CARF), The Joint Commission (TJC), Council 
on Accreditation (COA), or other accrediting body approved by 
the department for the services described in the regulation. 
National accreditation or recognition as an OTP or accreditation 
or recognition as an OTP in a state other than Missouri is not 
equivalent to certification as an OTP by the department.
(2) Medication Administration, Dispensing, and Use. OTPs shall 
only utilize medications for opioid use disorder (MOUD) that 
are approved by the Food and Drug Administration under 
section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 
U.S.C. 355) for use in the treatment of opioid use disorder (OUD).
(A) Opioid agonist, partial agonist, and antagonist treatment 
medications shall be administered and dispensed by a 
practitioner licensed in Missouri and registered under the 
appropriate state and federal laws to administer or dispense 
opioid drugs.
(B) Written policies and procedures shall be maintained 
to ensure the following dosage form and initial dosing 
requirements are met:
1. Methadone is prescribed by a qualified prescriber, 
administered and dispensed only in oral form, and formulated 
in a manner to reduce its potential for parenteral abuse; and
2. For each new individual enrolled in an OTP , the initial 
dose of methadone shall be individually determined and 
shall include consideration of the type(s) of opioid(s) involved 
in the individuals opioid use disorder, other medications or 
substances being taken, medical history, and severity of opioid 
withdrawal.
(C) The total dose for the first day shall not exceed fifty (50) 
milligrams unless the OTP practitioner, licensed under Missouri 
law and registered under the appropriate Missouri and federal 
laws to administer or dispense MOUD, finds sufficient medical 
rationale, including but not limited to if the individual is 
transferring from another OTP on a higher dose that has been 
verified, and documents in the individual’s record that a higher 
dose was clinically indicated.
1. Each opioid agonist medication is administered and 
dispensed in accordance with its approved product labeling. 
Dosing and administration decisions shall be made by a 
qualified prescriber familiar with the most up-to-date product 
labeling. These procedures must ensure any significant 
deviations from the approved labeling, including deviations 
with regard to dose, frequency, or the conditions of use 
described in the approved labeling, are specifically documented 
in the individual record.
(D) If a prescription drug monitoring program (PDMP) is 
available, the program physician and other staff, as permitted, 
shall register and utilize the PDMP in accordance with federal, 
state, and local regulations. Policies and procedures shall 
be maintained regarding use of the PDMP information for 
diversion control planning.
(E) Individuals admitted to an OTP may be provided with 
naloxone or, if insured, a prescription for naloxone.
(3) Program Administration. The OTP shall have a program 
sponsor and a medical director.
(A) The program sponsor shall be responsible for the general 
establishment, certification, accreditation, and operation of 
the program, ensuring it is in continuous compliance with all 
federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to the use 
of opioid agonist and partial agonist treatment medications in 
the treatment of opioid use disorder. 
(B) The medical director shall be a physician licensed in 
Missouri and is responsible for overseeing all medical services 
and behavioral health services provided by the OTP , performing 
them directly or by delegating specific responsibilities to an 
authorized program physician and healthcare professionals 
functioning under their direct supervision. The medical director 
shall ensure all medical, psychiatric, nursing, pharmacy, 
toxicology, and other services offered by the OTP are conducted 
in compliance with federal, state, and local regulations at all 
times. Other responsibilities of the medical director include, 
but are not limited to—
1. Ensuring individuals meet admission criteria and receive 
the required physical examination(s) and laboratory testing;
2. Prescribing methadone and other FDA-approved med -
ications with the individual’s input, ensuring the prescribed 
dosage of medication is appropriate to their needs;
3. Reviewing each individual’s initial treatment plan and 
reviewing and updating the plan based on their needs; and
4. Coordinating care and consulting with each individual’s 
treatment team on a regular basis.
(4) Service Delivery Requirements. A range of treatment 
and rehabilitation services shall be provided to address the 
therapeutic needs of individuals served. The combination and 
frequency of services shall be tailored to each individual based 
on an individualized assessment and treatment plan that was 
created after shared decision-making between the individual 
served and the clinical team. All medications approved by the 
FDA for treatment of OUD shall be available to meet individual 
needs.
16 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
(A) At a minimum, the following services as defined in 9 CSR 
30-3.110 or as specified in another regulation, must be available 
to all individuals based on needs and treatment goals:
1. Comprehensive assessment; 
2. Communicable disease counseling; 
3. Community support;
4. Transfer, transition, and discharge planning;
5. Crisis prevention and intervention;
6. Drug testing;
7. Employment/education services;
8. Family conference;
9. Family therapy;
10. Group counseling, including trauma and co-occurring 
disorders;
11. Group rehabilitative support;
12. Individual counseling, including trauma and co-
occurring disorders;
13. Medication services;
14. Medication services support; and
15. Medical evaluations, as specified in this rule.
(B) The services must be available at the OTP’s primary 
location or through a documented agreement with another 
qualified service provider. Services shall be offered at least six 
(6) days per week. Medical and psychosocial services shall be 
available during the early morning and/or evening to ensure 
individuals have access to services.
(C) All medical services shall be offered and occur 
simultaneously with clinical therapy, education, development 
of positive social supports, and ongoing treatment and 
rehabilitation for substance use disorders and related life 
issues.
(D) OTPs shall directly provide, or make available through 
referral to adequate and reasonably accessible community 
resources, other support services including, but not limited to, 
rehabilitation, education, and employment for individuals who 
request such services or have been determined by program 
staff to be in need of these services.
(E) Information and education shall be provided in areas 
such as community resources and behavioral health disorders.
(F) Services may be provided via telehealth to enhance 
accessibility for individuals served.
(5) Admission Criteria. Individuals shall meet diagnostic criteria 
for active moderate to severe OUD, OUD remission, or high risk 
for recurrence or overdose.
(A) The program physician shall ensure each individual 
voluntarily chooses treatment with MOUD, all relevant facts 
concerning the use of the MOUD are clearly and adequately 
explained, and each individual provides informed consent to 
treatment.
(B) Documentation in the individual record must indicate 
clinical signs and symptoms of opioid use disorder. 
(C) Decisions regarding the most appropriate medication 
shall be individualized, based on personal needs and goals, 
throughout the individual’s engagement in treatment. 
(6) Admission for Priority Populations. OTPs that have a contract 
with the department shall ensure priority admission for—
(A) Women who are pregnant and use intravenous drugs; 
(B) Women who are pregnant or postpartum, up to one (1) 
year after delivery; 
(C) Individuals who use intravenous drugs; 
(D) Women who have children and are at risk of losing 
custody or are attempting to regain custody; 
(E) Individuals who test positive for the human immunode -
ficiency virus (HIV);
(F) Individuals determined to be high risk and are referred 
for treatment by Department of Corrections’ institutions and 
the Division of Probation and Parole via the designated referral 
form and protocol, as well as individuals referred from federal 
correctional institutions; 
(G) Individuals who are applying for or receiving Temporary 
Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and are referred for 
treatment by the Department of Social Services, Family Support 
Division, via the designated electronic referral process and 
protocol. 
1. Women who are pregnant shall receive immediate 
admission.
2. High-risk referrals from correctional institutions and 
probation and parole shall be assessed and admitted within 
five (5) working days of initial contact or scheduled release 
date, including weekends and holidays. 
3. If the OTP is unable to assess and admit an individual 
who uses intravenous drugs within forty-eight (48) hours of 
receiving such a request, interim services shall be available in 
accordance with department contract requirements;
(H) Interim treatment, as defined in section (17) of this rule, 
shall be available for individuals who are eligible for treatment 
but cannot be immediately admitted to the OTP where services 
are being sought or through documented agreement with 
another OTP; and
(I) Individuals seeking treatment who are participants in the 
MO HealthNet program and do not meet priority population 
criteria shall be given an appointment in a timely manner and 
shall not be placed on a wait list. 
(7) Admission Protocol. Prior to admission, staff shall verify 
and document the individual seeking services is not currently 
enrolled in another opioid treatment program utilizing a central 
registry, if available, or other client enrollment/admission 
database, such as the department’s Customer Information, 
Management, Outcomes, and Reporting (CIMOR) system, for 
verification purposes.
(A) An individual currently enrolled in an OTP shall not be 
permitted to obtain treatment in any other OTP except in 
exceptional circumstances. 
1. If the medical director or program physician of the 
OTP where the individual is currently enrolled determines 
exceptional circumstances exist, the individual may be granted 
permission to seek treatment at another OTP . Justification 
for the exceptional circumstances must be included in the 
individual record at both program locations. 
(B) Upon admission, an initial medical examination shall be 
completed by an appropriately licensed practitioner for each 
individual. The initial examination shall ensure the individual 
meets admission criteria and there are no contraindications 
to treatment with MOUD. A full history and examination to 
determine the individual’s broader health status, including lab 
testing, may be required as determined by an appropriately 
licensed practitioner.
1. If the licensed practitioner is not an OTP practitioner, 
the screening examination must be completed no more than 
seven (7) days prior to OTP admission. When the examination 
is performed outside of the OTP , the written results and 
narrative of the examination, as well as available lab testing 
results, must be transmitted to the OTP and verified by an OTP 
practitioner, consistent with applicable privacy laws.
2. A full in-person physical examination, including the 
results of serology and other tests that are considered to be 
clinically appropriate, must be completed within fourteen (14) 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 17
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
calendar days following an individual’s admission to the OTP . 
The full exam can be completed by a non-OTP practitioner if 
the exam is verified by a licensed OTP practitioner as being true 
and accurate and transmitted in accordance with applicable 
privacy laws.
(C) Serology and other testing, as deemed medically 
appropriate by the licensed OTP , shall not be drawn more than 
thirty (30) days prior to admission to the OTP and may form 
part of the full history and examination.
(D) The screening and full examination may be completed 
via telehealth if a practitioner or primary care provider 
determines an adequate evaluation can be accomplished for 
individuals being admitted to the OTP for use of buprenorphine 
or methadone.
1. When using telehealth, the following shall apply:
A. When evaluating patients for treatment with Schedule 
II medications (such as methadone), audio-visual telehealth 
platforms must be used, except when not available to the 
patient. When not available, it is acceptable to use audio-only 
devices, but only when the patient is in the presence of a 
licensed practitioner who is registered to prescribe (including 
dispense) controlled medications. The OTP practitioner 
shall review the examination results and order treatment 
medications as indicated.
(E) In evaluating patients for treatment with Schedule III 
medications (such as buprenorphine) or medications not 
classified as a controlled medication (such as naltrexone), 
audio-visual or audio only platforms may be used. The OTP 
practitioner shall review the examination results and order 
treatment medications as indicated.
1. An individual’s refusal to undergo lab testing for co-
occurring physical health conditions shall not preclude them 
from access to treatment, provided such refusal does not have 
potential to negatively impact treatment with medications.
2. Women should have a pregnancy test as deemed 
clinically appropriate.
3. Serology testing and other testing as deemed medically 
appropriate by the licensed OTP practitioner based on the 
screening or full history and examination, drawn not more 
than thirty (30) days prior to admission to the OTP , may form 
part of the full history and examination.
(8) Assessments.
(A) The screening and full examination may be completed 
via telehealth for those patients being admitted for treatment 
at the OTP with either buprenorphine or methadone, if a 
practitioner or primary care provider determines that an 
adequate evaluation of the patient can be accomplished via 
telehealth.
(B) When using telehealth, the following caveats apply:
1. In evaluating patients for treatment with Schedule II 
medications (such as methadone), audio-visual telehealth 
platforms must be used, except when not available to the 
patient. When not available, it is acceptable to use audio-only 
devices, but only when the patient is in the presence of a 
licensed practitioner who is registered to prescribe (including 
dispense) controlled medications. The OTP practitioner 
shall review the examination results and order treatment 
medications as indicated;
2. In evaluating patients for treatment with Schedule 
III medications (such as buprenorphine) or medications not 
classified as a controlled medication (such as naltrexone), 
audio-visual or audio only platforms may be used. The OTP 
practitioner shall review the examination results and order 
treatment medications as indicated;
3. Screening shall determine the risk of undiagnosed con -
ditions such as hepatitis C, HIV , sexually transmitted infections, 
cardiopulmonary disease, and sleep apnea to determine if 
further diagnostic testing such as laboratory analysis, a cardio-
gram, or others are needed;
4. Positive screening results or disease risks should have 
a care coordination plan that is seen through to completion, 
regardless of whether this is accomplished via services provided 
directly by the OTP or through referral to another provider; and
5. A complete medical history, physical examination, and 
laboratory testing shall not be required for an individual who 
has had such medical evaluation within the prior thirty (30) 
days, or a physical examination completed no later than five (5) 
days after admission. The program shall have documentation 
of the medical evaluation and any significant findings in the 
individual record. Physical evaluations shall be completed no 
less than once per year.
(9) Pregnant and Postpartum Women. Written policies and 
procedures shall be maintained and implemented to address 
the needs of women who are pregnant and postpartum. 
Prenatal care and other gender-specific services for women 
who are pregnant must be provided by the OTP or by referral 
to an appropriate healthcare provider.
(A) For pregnant women who are receiving methadone or 
buprenorphine, the program shall have written policies and 
procedures in place to ensure—
1. The initial dose of medication for a newly admitted 
woman who is pregnant, and the subsequent induction and 
dosing strategy, reflect the same effective dosing protocols 
used for all other individuals;
2. The methadone dose is carefully monitored, especially 
during the third trimester when pregnancy induces changes 
such as the rate at which methadone is metabolized or 
eliminated from the system, potentially necessitating either an 
increased or a split dose; and
3. Women who become pregnant during treatment are 
maintained at pre-pregnancy dosage, if effective, and are 
managed with the same dosing principles used with women 
who are not pregnant.
(B) Withdrawal management after pregnancy shall occur as 
clinically indicated and documented, or is requested by the 
individual.
(C) When a planned discharge occurs, OTP staff shall 
document the contact information of the physician or other 
authorized healthcare professional to whom the individual has 
been referred, including the reason for discharge.
(D) Mothers shall be educated about neonatal abstinence 
syndrome, its symptoms, potential effects on the infant, and 
need for treatment if it occurs.
(10) Safety and Health. The program shall implement written 
policies, procedures, and practices which ensure access to 
services and address the safety and health of individuals 
served. The provider shall—
(A) Ensure continued opioid treatment for individuals in the 
event of an emergency, pandemic, or natural disaster by coop-
erating with other OTPs, including those in surrounding states, 
to develop and maintain medication dosing arrangements;
(B) Utilize a central registry, if available, or other individual 
enrollment/admission system such as the department’s CIMOR 
system, to coordinate services;
(C) Ensure treatment to persons regardless of serostatus, HIV-
related conditions, tuberculosis (TB), or hepatitis C;
(D) Provide information and education to individuals on 
18 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
prevention and transmission of HIV-related conditions;
(E) Provide or arrange HIV testing and pre- and post-test 
counseling for individuals;
(F) Provide or arrange testing for TB, hepatitis C, and sexually 
transmitted infections upon admission and at least annually 
thereafter;
(G) Provide medical evaluations to individuals upon 
admission and at least annually thereafter, including cardiac 
risk assessment;
(H) Utilize infection control procedures in accordance with 
federal, state, and local regulations; and
(I) Arrange medical care for women during pregnancy, if 
necessary, and document the arrangements made and action 
taken by the individual.
(11) Staff Training. Each person engaged in the treatment of 
OUD must have sufficient education, training, and experience, 
or any combination thereof, to enable that person to perform 
the assigned functions. All direct service staff and medical 
staff shall complete four (4) clock hours of training relevant to 
service delivery in an opioid treatment setting during a two - 
(2-) year period. This training applies to the required thirty-
six (36) clock hours of training during a two - (2-) year period 
specified in 9 CSR 10-7.110(2)(F)1. and fifty (50) clock hours of 
training annually specified in 9 CSR 30-3.155(4)(H)1.-4.
(12) Testing and Screening for Drug Use. The program shall 
use drug screenings as a clinical tool for purposes such as 
diagnosis and treatment planning.
(A) Each individual shall have an initial toxicology test as part 
of the admission process. At a minimum, admission samples 
shall be analyzed for opiates, methadone, marijuana, cocaine, 
barbiturates, benzodiazepines, buprenorphine, amphetamines, 
fentanyl, and alcohol.
(B) If there is a history of misuse of prescription opioid 
analgesics, an expanded toxicology panel that includes these 
opioids shall be administered. Additional testing shall be based 
on individual needs and local drug use patterns and trends.
(C) Random drug testing of each individual in treatment 
shall be conducted at least eight (8) times during a twelve - 
(12-) month period, allowing for extenuating circumstances on 
behalf of the individual receiving services.
(13) Unsupervised Approved Use (Take-Home) of Medication. 
The medical director shall ensure policies and procedures for 
approval of take-home methadone do not create barriers to 
individuals in treatment. The dispensing restrictions set forth 
in this section of this rule do not apply to buprenorphine and 
buprenorphine products.
(A) Any individual in comprehensive treatment may receive 
individualized take-home doses as ordered for days that the 
clinic is closed for business, including one (1) weekend day 
(e.g., Sunday) and state and federal holidays, no matter the 
length of time in treatment.
(B) Decisions on dispensing MOUD to individuals for 
unsupervised use, beyond that set forth in this rule, shall be 
determined by the medical director or appropriately licensed 
medical practitioner. In determining which individuals may 
be approved for unsupervised use, the medical director shall 
consider, among other pertinent factors that indicate that the 
therapeutic benefits of unsupervised doses outweigh the risks, 
the following criteria:
1. Absence of recent misuse of drugs (opioid or non-
narcotic), including alcohol, other physical or behavioral 
health conditions that increase the risk of individual harm as it 
relates to the potential for overdose, or the ability to function 
safely;
2. Regularity of attendance for supervised medication 
administration;
3. Absence of serious behavioral problems that endanger 
the patient, the public, or others;
4. Absence of known recent involvement in the legal 
involved system, such as drug dealing;
5. Assurance that take-home medication can be safely 
transported and stored; and
6. Any other criteria that the medical director or medical 
practitioner considers relevant to the individual’s safety and 
the public’s health.
(C) Determinations for unsupervised use of methadone and 
the basis for such determinations shall be documented in the 
individual record.
(D) Take-home doses dispensed to individuals shall be 
subject to the following:
1. During the first fourteen (14) days of treatment, the take-
home supply is limited to seven (7) days;
2. From fifteen (15) days of treatment, the take-home 
supply is limited to fourteen (14) days. In the second ninety (90) 
days of treatment, the take-home supply is limited to two (2) 
doses per week; and
3. From thirty-one (31) days of treatment, the take-home 
supply provided to an individual is not to exceed twenty-eight 
(28) days.
(E) It remains within the OTP practitioner’s discretion 
to determine the number of take-home doses, but this 
determination must be based on the criteria listed in subsection 
(13)(B) of this rule.
(F) OTPs must implement written procedures to identify theft 
or diversion of take-home medications, including labeling 
containers with the OTP’s name, address, and telephone 
number. Programs must also ensure take-home supplies are 
packaged in a manner designed to reduce the risk of accidental 
ingestion, including use of child-proof containers.
(G) Program staff shall educate individuals about safe 
transportation and storage of methadone, as well as emergency 
procedures in case of accidental ingestion.
(H) Individuals approved for take-home doses of methadone 
must have a lock box for safe transportation and home storage.
(I) OTPs shall implement written policies and procedures that 
address the responsibilities of individuals who are approved for 
take-home doses of methadone, including methods to assure 
appropriate use and storage of the medication.
(J) Staff shall regularly monitor each individual’s use of take-
home medication to ensure security of the medication and 
prevent diversion. When determined necessary, the medical 
director and staff may review an individual’s unsupervised use 
and may deny or rescind take-home privileges. Such action 
shall be documented in the individual record, including the 
rationale for denial or rescission of unsupervised use.
(K) The time in treatment requirements outlined in 
paragraphs (13)(D)1. to 3. of this rule are minimum reference 
points after which an individual may be considered for take-
home medication privileges. The time references do not mean 
an individual in treatment for a particular time has a specific 
right for approval of take-home medication.
(L) Any deviation from the regulations for unsupervised use 
of methadone as specified in this rule requires prior approval 
from the state opioid treatment authority (SOTA), or designee, 
and/or SAMHSA.
1. The Exception Requests and Record of Justification 
form SMA-168 must be submitted to the SOTA/designee and/or 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 19
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
SAMHSA as specified in section (25) of this rule. Justification for 
an exception may include, but is not limited to, transportation 
hardships, employment, vacation, medical or family emergen -
cies, or other unexpected circumstances.
(14) Guest Medication. Individuals who travel, but do not meet 
the criteria for take-home medication as specified in section 
(13) of this rule, should be considered for guest medication 
in accordance with the 2020 Guidelines for Guest Medications, 
hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this rule, 
as published by the American Association for the Treatment 
of Opioid Dependence, 225 Varick St., Suite 402, New York, 
NY 10014, (212) 566-5555. This rule does not incorporate any 
subsequent amendments or additions to this publication.
(A) Guest medication provides a mechanism for individuals 
to travel from a home program for business, pleasure, or 
family emergencies. It also provides an option for individuals 
who need to travel for a period of time that exceeds the 
amount of eligible take-home doses to do so within regulatory 
requirements.
(B) Individuals shall be on a stable dose of methadone and 
not be scheduled for a dose increase or decrease during guest 
medication.
(C) Individuals approved for guest medication must be 
medically and psychiatrically stable.
(15) Continuity of Care. The program shall implement written 
policies and procedures to address continuity of care for 
individuals who are unable to participate in regularly 
scheduled visits for observed ingestion of medication due 
to illness, pregnancy, participation in residential treatment, 
incarceration, lack of transportation, or other situations.
(A) A chain-of-custody process shall be implemented to 
document the transportation, delivery, administration, and 
observation of medication when an individual is unable to 
report to the program as required.
(16) Diversion Control. OTPs shall maintain and implement 
a written diversion control plan as part of its performance 
improvement process. The plan shall contain specific measures 
to reduce the possibility of diversion of controlled substances 
from legitimate treatment use. Medical and administrative 
staff of the program shall be assigned to implement the 
diversion control measures and functions described in the 
diversion control plan.
(17) Interim Treatment. The program sponsor of an OTP may place 
an individual who is eligible for admission to comprehensive 
treatment into interim treatment, if the individual cannot be 
placed in an OTP within a reasonable geographic area within 
fourteen (14) days of the individual’s seeking admission to 
treatment.
(A) An initial and at least two (2) other drug screens shall 
be obtained from an individual during the maximum of one 
hundred eighty (180) days permitted for interim treatment.
(B) By day one hundred twenty (120), a plan for continuing 
treatment beyond one hundred eighty (180) days must be 
created and documented in the individual’s clinical record.
(C) The OTP shall maintain and implement written policies 
and procedures for transferring individuals from interim to 
comprehensive treatment.
1. The transfer criteria shall include, at a minimum, a 
preference for admitting women who are pregnant into 
interim treatment and criteria for transferring individuals from 
interim to comprehensive treatment.
(D) Interim treatment shall be provided in a manner 
consistent with all applicable federal and state laws, including 
sections 1923, 1927(a), and 1976 of the Public Health Service Act 
(21 U.S.C. 300x-23, 300x-27(a), and 300y-11).
(E) Individuals enrolled in interim treatment shall not be 
discharged without the approval of an OTP practitioner, who 
shall consider ongoing and individual treatment needs, which 
are to be documented in the clinical record, while awaiting 
transfer to a comprehensive treatment program.
(F) The program shall notify the SOTA when an individual 
begins interim treatment, when the individual leaves interim 
treatment, and before the date of transfer to comprehensive 
treatment, documenting all notifications in the individual 
record.
(G) SAMHSA may revoke the interim authorization for a 
program that fails to comply with the provisions of this section 
of this rule.
(H) SAMHSA will consider revoking the interim treatment 
authorization of a program if the state in which the program 
operates is not in compliance with the provisions of 42 CFR 
section 8.11(g).
(I) All requirements for comprehensive treatment apply to 
interim treatment with the following exceptions:
1. The opioid agonist treatment medication is required to 
be administered daily under observation;
2. An initial treatment plan and periodic treatment plan 
reviews are not required;
3. A primary counselor is not required to be assigned to the 
individual but crisis services, including shelter support, should 
be available;
4. Interim treatment shall not be provided for longer 
than one hundred eighty (180) days in any twelve - (12-) month 
period; and
5. The rehabilitative, educational, and other counseling 
services specified in section (4) of this rule are not required to 
be provided to the individual.
(18) Medically Supervised Withdrawal. The program shall 
maintain and implement written policies and procedures 
that are designed to ensure that those patients who choose 
to taper from MOUD are provided the opportunity to do 
so with informed consent and at a mutually agreed-upon 
rate that minimizes taper-related risks. Medically supervised 
withdrawal may be voluntary or involuntary, as specified in 
sections (19) and (21) of this rule.
(A) The individual’s treatment plan shall include a strategy 
to transition to another form of medication, if needed. Review 
of the risks and benefits of withdrawal shall be provided, and 
informed consent shall be obtained from individuals who 
voluntarily choose this treatment option. Such consent must be 
documented in the clinical record by the treating practitioner.
(B) Individuals shall be educated about the risks of a 
recurrence of symptoms and potential for fatal overdose 
following withdrawal, and be offered relapse prevention 
services that includes counseling, naloxone, and opioid 
antagonist therapy.
(C) OTPs shall offer a variety of supportive options as part of 
the transition from opioid agonist therapy, such as increased 
counseling sessions prior to discharge, and individuals shall 
be encouraged to attend a twelve - (12-) step or other mutual-
help program sensitive to the needs of individuals receiving 
treatment with medication.
(19) Voluntary Medically Supervised Withdrawal. Voluntary 
medically supervised withdrawal may be initiated by the 
20 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
individuals served or the program physician in collaboration 
with the individual as part of individualized treatment 
planning.
(A) As deemed clinically appropriate, women shall have a 
pregnancy test and the results reviewed prior to initiation of 
medically supervised withdrawal.
(B) For women who are pregnant, the physician shall not 
initiate withdrawal before fourteen (14) weeks or after thirty-
two (32) weeks of pregnancy.
(C) If an individual experiences intolerable withdrawal 
symptoms or actual or potential return to use, the physician 
shall consider stopping the withdrawal process and restoring 
the individual to a previously effective dose. In collaboration 
with the individual served, the physician shall determine if an 
additional period of maintenance is necessary before further 
medically supervised withdrawal is attempted.
(D) Regardless of whether medically supervised withdrawal 
is conducted with or against medical advice (AMA), careful 
review of the risks and benefits of withdrawal from treatment 
must be provided to the individual and informed written 
consent obtained from those who choose to initiate medically 
supervised withdrawal.
(20) Withdrawal Against Medical Advice (AMA). Individuals 
who request voluntary medically supervised withdrawal from 
medication treatment AMA of the physician or program staff 
may receive it. Individuals have the right to leave treatment 
when they choose to do so.
(A) The same services that are available to individuals 
engaged in voluntary medically supervised withdrawal shall 
be offered to individuals choosing medically supervised 
withdrawal AMA.
(B) The program must fully document the issue(s) that caused 
the individual to seek discharge, steps taken to avoid discharge, 
and the circumstances of readmission, as applicable.
(C) In the case of a woman who is pregnant, the program 
must keep the physician or agency providing prenatal care 
informed, consistent with the privacy standards of 42 CFR 
section 2.
(21) Involuntary Withdrawal from Treatment (Administrative 
Withdrawal). Individuals shall be retained in treatment for 
as long as they can benefit from it and express a desire to 
continue treatment. Administrative withdrawal is typically 
involuntary and shall be used only when all other therapeutic 
options have been exhausted by program staff. OTPs may 
refer or transfer individuals to a suitable alternative treatment 
program, as clinically indicated.
(A) Missing scheduled appointments and/or continued drug 
use shall not be the sole reason for initiating involuntary 
withdrawal for an individual being served.
(B) If involuntary withdrawal is initiated for an individual, 
the program shall follow the criteria included in the December 
2024, Federal Guidelines for Opioid Treatment Programs, incor -
porated by reference and made a part of this rule as published 
by SAMHSA, Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, 1 Choke 
Cherry Rd., Rockville, MD 20857, (877) 726-4727, publication 
number PEP24-02-011. This rule does not incorporate any subse-
quent amendments or additions to this publication.
(22) Medication Storage and Security. The program shall ensure 
the security of its medication supply and shall account for all 
medications kept on site at all times.
(A) The program shall meet the requirements of the DEA and 
BNDD.
(B) The program shall maintain an acceptable security 
system, and the system shall be checked on a quarterly basis to 
ensure continued safe operation.
(C) The program shall physically separate the narcotic 
storage and dispensing area from other parts of the facility 
used by individuals.
(D) The program shall implement written policies and 
procedures to ensure positive identification of all individuals 
before any medication is administered. Verification shall 
include a minimum of two (2) forms of identification.
(E) The program shall implement written policies and 
procedures for recording each individual’s medication intake 
and maintaining a daily medication inventory.
(23) Medication Units. Certified OTPs may establish medication 
units that are authorized to dispense MOUD. Services provided 
at the medication unit must comply with 42 CFR section 8.2.
(A) Prior to establishing a medication unit, the OTP must 
notify and receive prior approval from the SOTA/designee and 
SAMHSA by submitting form SMA-162. The required documents 
include, but are not limited to—
1. A description of how the medication unit will receive its 
medication supply;
2. An affirmative statement that the medication unit is 
limited to administering and dispensing the narcotic treatment 
drug and collecting samples for drug testing or analysis;
3. An affirmative statement that the program sponsor 
agrees to retain responsibility for individual treatment and 
care;
4. A diagram and description of the facility to be used as 
a medication unit;
5. Total number of individuals to be served by the primary 
OTP and medication unit;
6. Total number of individuals that will be served only at 
the medication unit;
7. A justification for the need to establish a medication 
unit; and
8. The name and address of any other active medication 
unit(s) attached to the primary OTP .
(B) A DEA inspection and approval must be obtained prior 
to opening a medication unit. A medication unit must have a 
separate and unique DEA registration.
(C) The OTP must comply with the provisions of 21 CFR part 
1300 prior to establishing a medication unit.
(D) Medication units are not required to be free-standing 
entities and may be located at a hospital or community 
pharmacy, for example.
(E) The certified OTP shall be responsible for all operations of 
an approved medication unit.
(24) Mobile Units. A mobile unit, for the purpose of dispensing 
opioid agonist treatment medications to individuals for 
observed ingestion, may be established if approval is granted 
by the DEA allowing such units to be considered a coincidental 
activity of the registered OTP . OTPs shall follow all federal, state, 
and local regulations regarding the operation of a mobile unit.
(25) Exception Requests and Records of Justification. Any 
deviation from these regulations requires prior approval 
from the SOTA/designee and/or SAMHSA. Requests must be 
submitted on the Exception Request and Record of Justification 
form (SMA-168) electronically. 
(A) OTPs shall follow department requirements for submitting 
form SMA-168 to the SOTA/designee and/or SAMHSA. Failure to 
submit the completed form and obtain prior approval from 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 21
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
the SOTA/designee and/or SAMHSA constitutes a regulatory 
violation which may jeopardize the OTP’s accreditation and 
certification status.
(B) SAMHSA and the SOTA/designee must be notified of any 
change to the OTP sponsor or medical director within three (3) 
weeks of the change by submitting SAMHSA form SMA-162 in 
accordance with established procedures.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.655 and 631.102, RSMo 2016.* This 
rule originally filed as 9 CSR 30-3.610. Original rule filed May 
13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded and readopted: Filed 
May 3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed July 29, 1997, 
effective Jan. 30, 1998. Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.132 and amended: 
Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed Oct. 
15, 2001, effective April 30, 2002. Amended: Filed March 8, 2002, 
effective Sept. 30, 2002. Amended: Filed July 1, 2003, effective Dec. 
30, 2003. Emergency amendment filed Nov. 8, 2004, effective Nov. 
18, 2004, expired May 16, 2004. Amended: Filed Nov. 8, 2004, 
effective April 30, 2005. Amended: Filed Feb. 1, 2005, effective July 
30, 2005. Rescinded and readopted: Filed May 28, 2021, effective 
Dec. 30, 2021. Amended: Filed Aug. 19, 2025, effective March 30, 
2026.
*Original authority: 630.655, RSMo 1980, and 631.102, RSMo 1997.
9 CSR 30-3.134 Gambling Disorder Treatment
PURPOSE: This rule describes the specific service delivery 
requirements for gambling disorder treatment.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated by 
reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome or 
expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this rule 
shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and shall be 
made available to the public for inspection and copying at no more 
than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies only to the 
reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed here.
(1) Service Functions. The key functions of gambling disorder 
treatment and rehabilitation services shall include—
(A) Utilizing evidence-based treatment principles to promote 
positive changes in gambling behavior and lifestyle;
(B) Exploring the gambling behavior and its impact on self, 
marriages, partnerships, and families;
(C) Helping the person to better understand his/her needs 
and how to constructively meet them;
(D) Teaching effective methods to deal with urges to gamble 
to include use of medication assisted treatment as indicated; 
(E) Enhancing motivation and creative problem-solving for 
the individual and his/her family and other natural supports;
(F) Addressing financial problems incurred as a result of the 
gambling behavior with appropriate referrals, as needed; and
(G) Determining suicide risk and the presence of co-occurring 
behavioral health factors to determine the need for ancillary 
treatment services.
(2) Treatment Goals and Performance Outcomes. Indicators 
of a positive treatment outcome include the reduction or 
cessation of gambling behavior, as well as improvements 
and/or involvement in family and other natural support 
relationships, leisure and social activities, educational/
vocational functioning, legal status, psychological functioning, 
and financial situation.
(3) Eligibility Criteria. Eligibility for gambling disorder 
treatment shall be based on criteria for persistent and recurrent 
problematic gambling behavior as defined in the 5th edition 
of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders of 
the American Psychiatric Association, 800 Maine Avenue S.W., 
Suite 900, Washington, DC 20024, www.psychiatry.org and 
does not include any later amendments or additions. There 
must be documentation in the individual record of the specific 
behaviors and circumstances demonstrating how the person 
meets treatment criteria. The department may require the use 
of designated instruments for the admission and eligibility 
determination processes for individuals receiving services 
funded by the department. The referenced guide does not 
include any later amendments or additions. 
(4) Available Services. Gambling disorder treatment services 
shall be offered on an individual, family, and group basis in 
an outpatient setting. Available services include individual 
counseling, group rehabilitative support and counseling, 
family therapy, and collateral relationship counseling.
(A) Each individual shall be oriented to and encouraged to 
participate in mutual support groups, if available. 
(B) Family members and other natural supports of persons 
with a gambling disorder shall be encouraged to participate 
in treatment. Such participation does not include counseling 
sessions for family members and other natural supports on 
an ongoing basis to resolve other personal problems or other 
behavioral health disorders. 
(C) The treatment provider shall arrange other services and 
make referrals to address other problems the individual or the 
family may have such as financial problems, substance use, or 
other behavioral health disorders.
(5) Clinical Review and Data Reporting. Services are subject to 
clinical review by the department in accordance with 9 CSR 10-
7.030. Providers shall comply with data reporting requirements 
established by the department for individuals whose services 
are funded by the department.
(6) Certified Gambling Disorder Counselor. A certified gambling 
disorder counselor demonstrates substantial knowledge and 
skill in the treatment of individuals with persistent and 
recurrent problematic gambling behavior by having completed 
a designated training program sponsored or approved by the 
Missouri Credentialing Board, and being either—
(A) A counselor, clinical social worker, psychologist, or 
physician licensed in Missouri by the Division of Professional 
Registration; or
(B) Possess a qualifying certified level credential as designated 
by the Missouri Credentialing Board.
(7) Credentialing of Gambling Disorder Counselors. The 
Missouri Credentialing Board designates the credential of 
a gambling disorder counselor to individuals who meet 
the qualifications specified in this rule. This credential is 
a requirement for providing gambling disorder counseling 
services eligible for funding by the department.
(A) A person may request an application for the Gambling 
Disorder Counselor credential from the Missouri Credentialing 
Board, 428 E. Capitol Avenue, 2nd Floor, Jefferson City, MO 
65101, (573) 616-2300, www.missouricb.com.
(B) The credential is issued for a period of time coinciding 
with the period of licensure or certification otherwise required 
of the applicant, up to a maximum period of two (2) years.
(C) The credential may be renewed upon further application 
22 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
and verification that the counselor continues to meet all 
qualifications. For renewal, the applicant must have received 
during the past two (2) years at least fourteen (14) hours of 
training sponsored or approved by the Missouri Credentialing 
Board that is directly related to the treatment of gambling 
disorders. 
(D) Credentialed counselors shall adhere to the code of ethics 
for their profession in providing services for individuals with 
gambling disorders.
1. Any complaint or grievance received by the department 
regarding a counselor providing services to individuals for 
a gambling disorder shall be forwarded to the applicable 
licensure or certification body.
2. Any sanction arising from a code of ethics violation 
shall be deemed as applying equally to the gambling disorder 
credential.
AUTHORITY: sections 313.842, 630.050, and 630.655, RSMo 2016.* 
This rule originally filed as 9 CSR 30-3.611. Original rule filed Oct. 
13, 1995, effective April 30, 1996. Amended: Filed Jan. 10, 1997, 
effective Aug. 30, 1997. Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.134 and amended: 
Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed April 
20, 2018, effective Nov. 30, 2018. Amended: Filed June 29, 2023, 
effective Jan. 30, 2024.
*Original authority: 313.842, RSMo 1991, amended 1996, 2000; 630.050, RSMo 1980, 
amended 1993, 1995, 2008; and 630.655, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.140 Residential Treatment 
PURPOSE: This rule describes the goals, eligibility and discharge 
criteria, available services, and performance indicators for 
residential treatment. 
(1) Treatment Goals. Residential treatment shall offer an 
intensive set of services in a structured alcohol- and drug-free 
setting. Services shall be organized and directed toward the 
primary goals of—
(A) Stabilizing a crisis situation, where applicable;
(B) Interrupting a pattern of extensive or severe substance 
abuse;
(C) Restoring physical, mental and emotional functioning; 
(D) Promoting the individual’s recognition of a substance 
abuse problem and its effects on his/her life;
(E) Developing recovery skills, including an action plan for 
continuing sobriety and recovery; and
(F) Promoting the individual’s support systems and 
community reintegration.
(2) Eligibility Criteria. In order to fully participate in and 
benefit from the intensive set of services offered in residential 
treatment, a person must meet the following admission and 
eligibility criteria: 
(A) Does not demonstrate symptoms of intoxication, 
impairment or withdrawal that would hinder or prohibit full 
participation in treatment services. A screening instrument, 
that includes vital signs, must be used with all prospective 
clients to identify symptoms of intoxication, impairment, or 
withdrawal and, when indicated, detoxification services must 
be provided or arranged; 
(B) Needs an alternative, supervised living environment to 
ensure safety and protection from harm;
(C) Meets the general treatment eligibility requirement of a 
current diagnosis of substance abuse or dependence and, in 
addition, demonstrates one or more of the following—
1. Recent patterns of extensive or severe substance abuse;
2. Inability to establish a period of sobriety without 
continuous supervision and structure;
3. Presence of significant resistance or denial of an 
identified substance abuse problem; or
4. Limited recovery skills and/or support system; and
(D) A client may qualify for transfer from outpatient to 
residential treatment if the person—
1. Has been unable to establish a period of sobriety despite 
active participation in the most intensive set of services 
available on an outpatient basis; or
2. Presents imminent risk of serious consequences 
associated with substance abuse.
(3) Safety and Supervision. The residential setting shall ensure 
the safety and well-being of persons served.
(A) Staff coverage shall ensure the continuous supervision 
and safety of clients.
1. There shall be an adequate number of paid staff on duty 
(awake and dressed) at all times. At least two (2) staff shall be on 
duty, unless otherwise stipulated in these rules or authorized 
in writing by the department through the exceptions process. 
Additional staff shall be required, if warranted by the size of 
the program and the responsibilities and duties of the staff 
members.
2. Clients shall be supervised at all times by a staff member 
with current certification in first aid and cardiopulmonary 
resuscitation. 
(B) The program shall immediately and effectively address 
any untoward or critical incident including, but not limited to, 
any incident of alcohol or drug use by a client on its premises. 
(4) Intensive Services with Individualized Scheduling. Services 
shall be responsive to the needs of persons served.
(A) There shall be a current schedule of program activities 
that offers a minimum of fifty (50) hours of structured, 
therapeutic activity per week. 
1. Therapeutic activities shall be provided seven (7) days 
per week.
2. Group education and group counseling must constitute 
at least twenty (20) of the required hours of therapeutic activity 
per week.
(B) At least one (1) hour of individual counseling per week shall 
be provided to each client. Additional individual counseling 
shall be provided, in accordance with the individual’s needs.
(5) Discharge Criteria. Each client’s length of stay in residential 
treatment shall be individualized, based on the person’s needs 
and progress in achieving treatment goals. 
(A) To qualify for successful completion and discharge from 
residential treatment, the person should—
1. Demonstrate a recognition and understanding of his/her 
substance abuse problem and its impacts; 
2. Achieve an initial period of sobriety and accept the need 
for continued care;
3. Develop a plan for continuing sobriety and recovery; 
and 
4. Take initial steps to mobilize supports in the community 
for continuing recovery. 
(B) A person may be discharged before accomplishing these 
goals if maximum benefit has been achieved and—
1. No further progress is imminent or likely to occur;
2. Clinically appropriate therapeutic efforts have been 
made by staff; and 
3. Commitment to continuing care and recovery is not 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 23
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
demonstrated by the client. 
(6) The program handles applications for continued civil 
detention in accordance with sections 631.140, 631.145 and 
631.150, RSMo 2000.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655 and 631.010, RSMo 2000.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: 
Filed Oct. 15, 2001, effective April 30, 2002. Amended: Filed April 
15, 2002, effective Nov. 30, 2002.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995; 630.655, RSMo 1980; 
and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.150 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and 
Rehabilitation (CSTAR)
PURPOSE: This rule establishes requirements for service delivery 
as a Comprehensive Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation 
(CSTAR) program.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated by 
reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome or 
expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this rule 
shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and shall 
be made available to the public for inspection and copying at no 
more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies only 
to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed here.
(1) Program Requirements. In order to be certified by the 
department to provide CSTAR services, the organization must—
(A) Comply with 9 CSR 10-7, 9 CSR 10-5, and 9 CSR 30-3, as 
applicable;
(B) Be accredited to provide substance use disorder treatment 
services by Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation 
Facilities (CARF) International, The Joint Commission, Council 
on Accreditation, or other entity recognized by the department; 
(C) Have the capacity to collect, analyze, and report outcome 
and other data related to the population served to the 
department in accordance with established protocol;
(D) Incorporate evidence-based, best, and promising 
practices into its service array. 
1. At a minimum, the organization shall employ or have a 
formal contract with the following:
A. Licensed and credentialed professionals with 
expertise and specialized training in the treatment of trauma-
related disorders;
B. Licensed and credentialed professionals with 
expertise and specialized training in the treatment of co-
occurring disorders (substance use and mental illness);
C. Licensed prescribers to provide FDA-approved 
medications which can be provided in an outpatient setting 
for the treatment of opioid use and other substance use 
disorders (methadone must be provided by a certified opioid 
treatment program). Long-term medications shall be offered 
and prescribed, as medically appropriate; 
D. Certified Peer Specialists who have completed 
department-approved training and credentialing; 
E. Clinical staff who have completed department-
approved training on smoking cessation; 
F. Clinical staff who have completed department-
approved training on suicide prevention; and
(E) Have clinical staff who are trained and qualified to utilize 
The ASAM Criteria: Treatment Criteria for Addictive, Substance-
Related, and Co-Occurring Conditions, 2013, hereby incorporated 
by reference and made a part of this rule, published by and 
available from The American Society of Addiction Medicine, 
11400 Rockville Pike, Suite 200, Rockville, MD 20852, (301) 
656-3920. This rule does not incorporate any subsequent 
amendments or additions to this publication.
(2) Other Applicable Program Requirements. A CSTAR program 
shall meet the following additional requirements when the 
department determines they are applicable:
(A) Services offered on a residential basis shall comply with 
requirements for residential treatment; and
(B) Requirements as a specialized program for adolescents or 
as a specialized program for women and children shall be met, 
where applicable.
(3) Medicaid Eligibility. An organization must be certified 
as a CSTAR program to qualify for Medicaid reimbursement 
for delivery of substance use disorder treatment services to 
eligible persons.
(A) A CSTAR program shall comply with applicable state and 
federal Medicaid requirements. 
(B) If there is a change in the Medicaid eligibility or 
financial status of a person served, the individual shall not be 
prematurely discharged from the CSTAR program or otherwise 
denied CSTAR services. The program shall—
1. Continue to provide all necessary and appropriate 
services until the individual meets treatment plan goals and 
criteria for discharge; or
2. Transition the individual to another provider and 
document in the individual’s record there is continuity of 
clinically appropriate treatment services.
(C) A CSTAR program acknowledges and accepts that not all 
required services may be reimbursed by Medicaid. 
(4) Temporary Waiver. Upon the effective date of this rule, 
the department will grant a one- (1-) year waiver from the 
requirements specified in subsections (1)(B) and (1)(E) of this 
rule to programs that have a current and valid CSTAR contract 
with the department and continue to meet certification and 
contract requirements.
(A) Waivers shall be temporary and time limited. 
1. The initial waiver period of one (1) year may be renewed 
or extended by the department annually thereafter. 
2. The total period of waiver shall not exceed three (3) 
years unless otherwise determined by the department. 
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: 
Filed March 25, 2021, effective Sept. 30, 2021. Amended: Filed Aug. 
7, 2023, effective Feb. 29, 2024.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.151 Eligibility Determination, Assessment, 
and Treatment Planning in Comprehensive Substance 
Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Programs 
PURPOSE: This rule specifies the eligibility determination, 
assessment, treatment planning, and documentation 
requirements for Comprehensive Substance Treatment and 
Rehabilitation (CSTAR) programs.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
24 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Consent to Treatment. Each individual served or a 
parent/guardian must provide informed, written consent to 
treatment. 
(A) A copy of the consent form, which must include the date 
of consent and signature of the individual served or a parent/
guardian, shall be retained in the individual record. 
(B) Consent to treat shall be updated annually, including 
the date of consent and signature of the individual served or a 
parent/guardian, and be maintained in the individual record.
(2) Eligibility Determination. Eligibility determination may be 
completed to expedite the admission process for individuals 
seeking services. Eligibility determination requires a diagnosis 
and placement in a level of care. 
(A) A diagnosis shall be rendered in accordance with the 
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth 
Edition (DSM-5-TR), 2022, hereby incorporated by reference and 
made a part of this rule, published by and available from the 
American Psychiatric Association, 800 Maine Avenue SW, Suite 
900, Washington, DC 20024, (202) 559-3900. This rule does not 
incorporate any subsequent amendments or additions to this 
publication. 
(B) The following licensed or provisionally licensed mental 
health professionals (LMHP) are approved to render diagnoses. 
Professionals possessing the credentials listed below are 
expected to provide services within their scope of practice in 
the area(s) in which they are adequately trained and should not 
practice beyond their individual level of competence:
1. Physician (including psychiatrist); 
2. Physician assistant; 
3. Assistant physician; 
4. Resident physician (including psychiatrist);
5. Advanced practice registered nurse (APRN);
6. Psychologist; 
7. Professional counselor; 
8. Marital and family therapist; and
9. Licensed clinical social worker. 
(C) Individuals shall be placed in a level of care utilizing 
The ASAM Criteria: Treatment Criteria for Addictive, Substance-
Related, and Co-Occurring Conditions, 2013, hereby incorporated 
by reference and made a part of this rule, developed by and 
available from the American Society of Addiction Medicine, 
Inc., 11400 Rockville Pike, Suite 200, Rockville, MD 20852, 
(301) 656-3920. This rule does not incorporate any subsequent 
amendments or additions to this publication. 
(D) Eligibility determination shall be completed by qualified 
staff as follows:
1. An LMHP conducts a diagnostic assessment, including 
dated signature; or
2. A qualified addiction professional (QAP) or qualified 
mental health professional (QMHP) assists in obtaining 
information from the individual to complete the eligibility 
determination with finalization by an LMHP for completion of 
the diagnosis and clinical summary, including dated signature. 
(E) Documentation of eligibility determination, with 
inclusion of The ASAM Criteria (abbreviated) as referenced in 
subsection (2)(C) of this rule, must include the following: 
1. Presenting problem and referral source; 
2. Brief history of previous substance use disorder/
psychiatric treatment, including type of admission; 
3. Current medications; 
4. Current substance use supporting the diagnosis; 
5. Current mental health symptoms; 
6. Current medical conditions; 
7. Diagnoses, including substance use, mental disorders, 
medical conditions, and notation for psychosocial and 
contextual factors; 
8. Functional assessment using a department-approved 
instrument, if required;
9. Identification of urgent needs including suicide risk, 
personal safety, and risk to others;
10. Initial treatment recommendations;
11. Initial treatment goals to meet immediate needs within 
the first forty-five (45) days of service; and
12. Dated signature(s), title(s), and credential(s) of staff 
determining eligibility.
(3) Comprehensive Assessment. A comprehensive assessment 
shall be completed for each individual as follows:
(A) On the date of admission or within seven (7) days of 
the date of CSTAR eligibility determination, if completed, for 
individuals admitted to a residential level of care; or 
(B) On the date of admission or within thirty (30) days of 
the date of CSTAR eligibility determination, if completed, for 
individuals admitted to an outpatient level of care; 
(C) If a diagnosis was rendered through eligibility 
determination, other trained staff may assist in collecting 
assessment information from the individual with finalization 
by a QAP or QMHP , including development of treatment 
recommendations;
(D) If a diagnosis is rendered during the assessment process, 
finalization by an LMHP is required for completion of the 
diagnosis and clinical summary; 
(E) The ASAM Criteria as referenced in subsection (2)(C) of 
this rule shall be utilized in completing the comprehensive 
assessment. Documentation of the comprehensive assessment 
shall include but is not limited to the following: 
1. Basic information (demographics, age, language 
spoken);
2. Presenting concerns from the perspective of the 
individual, including reason for referral/referral source, what 
occurred to cause them to seek services;
3. Risk assessment for determining emergency, urgent, or 
routine need for services (suicide, safety, risk to others); 
4. Trauma history (experienced and/or witnessed abuse, 
neglect, violence, sexual assault); 
5. Substance use treatment history and current use 
including alcohol, tobacco, and/or other drugs. For children/
youth, prenatal exposure to alcohol, tobacco, or other 
substances; 
6. Mental status; 
7. Mental health treatment history; 
8. Medication information including current medications, 
medication allergies/adverse reactions, efficacy of current or 
previously used medications; 
9. Physical health summary (health screen, current 
primary care, vision and dental, date of last examinations, 
current medical concerns, body mass index, tobacco use 
status, and exercise level. Immunizations for children/youth 
and medical concerns expressed by family members that may 
impact the child/youth; 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 25
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
10. Assessed needs based on functioning (challenges, 
problems in daily living, barriers, and obstacles);
11. Risk-taking behaviors, including child/youth risk 
behavior(s);
12. Living situation including living accommodations 
(where and with whom), financial situation, guardianship, 
need for assistive technology, and parental/guardian custodial 
status for children/youth;
13. Family, including cultural identity, current and past 
family life experiences. For family functioning/dynamics, 
relationships, current issues/concerns impacting children/
youth;
14. Developmental information, including an evaluation 
of current areas of functioning such as motor development, 
sensory, speech, hearing and language, emotional, behavioral, 
intellectual functioning, and self-care abilities;
15. Spiritual beliefs/religious orientation; 
16. Sexuality, including current sexual activity, safe sex 
practices, and sexual orientation;
17. Need for and availability of social, community, and 
natural supports/resources such as friends, pets, meaningful 
activities, leisure/recreation interests, self-help groups, 
resources from other agencies, interactions with peers 
including child/youth and family;
18. Legal involvement history; 
19. Legal status such as guardianship, representative 
payee, conservatorship, and probation/parole;
20. Education, including intellectual functioning, literacy 
level, learning impairments, attendance, and achievement; 
21. Employment, including current work status, work 
history, interest in working, and work skills; 
22. Status as a current or former member of the U.S. Armed 
Forces; 
23. Clinical formulation, an interpretive summary 
including identification of co-occurring or co-morbid disorders 
and psychological/social adjustment to disabilities and/or 
disorders;
24. Diagnosis(es);
25. Individual’s expression of service preferences;
26. Assessed needs/treatment recommendations such as 
life goals, strengths, preferences, abilities, and barriers; and
27. Dated signature(s), title(s), and credential(s) of staff 
completing the comprehensive assessment; and
(F) The date of the LMHP’s signature on the eligibility 
determination or assessment, if eligibility determination is 
not completed, is the effective date of program eligibility, and 
is the date on which billing for CSTAR services may begin. 
(4) Assessment Updates. Assessment updates shall be 
completed as clinically indicated by the treatment team and 
as specified in The ASAM Criteria, as referenced in subsection 
(2)(C) of this rule, to facilitate transition between levels and 
placement in the appropriate level of care.
(A) At a minimum, reassessment in outpatient levels of care 
shall take place every twelve (12) months. 
(B) Documentation for assessment updates shall include—
1. A narrative summary of the individual’s risk ratings in 
each of the six (6) ASAM dimensions;
2. The recommended level of care; and 
3. Any recommended changes to the treatment plan based 
on the reassessment. 
(C) Reassessment should not be conducted when an 
individual is intoxicated or experiencing withdrawal 
symptoms. 
(5) Initial Treatment Plan. A treatment plan shall be developed 
for each individual admitted to CSTAR within forty-five 
(45) days of the date of admission with completion of a 
comprehensive assessment or eligibility determination with 
requirements met. 
(A) The treatment plan shall be developed collaboratively 
with the individual and/or parent/guardian and members of 
the treatment team with input from family members/natural 
supports, as appropriate. 
(B) Documentation for completion of the initial treatment 
plan must include, at a minimum—
1. Identifying information; 
2. Goals as expressed by the individual served and 
family members/natural supports, as appropriate, that are 
measurable, achievable, time-specific with start date, strength/
skill based, and include supports/resources needed to meet 
goals and potential barriers to achieving goals; 
3. Specific treatment objectives, including a start date, 
that are understandable to the individual served, sufficiently 
specific to assess progress, responsive to the disability or 
concern, and reflective of age, development, culture, and 
ethnicity; 
4. Specific interventions and services including action 
steps, modalities, and services to be utilized, duration 
and frequency of interventions, who is responsible for the 
intervention, and action steps of the individual served and 
family members/natural supports, as appropriate;
5. Identification of other agency/community resources 
and supports including others providing services, plans for 
coordinating with other agencies, services needed beyond the 
scope of the CSTAR program to be addressed through referral/
services with another organization;
6. Transfer, treatment, and discharge planning beginning 
at the point of admission and includes but is not limited to 
criteria for service conclusion, how the individual served and/
or parent/guardian and treatment team will know treatment 
goals have been accomplished; and
7. Dated signature of the QAP or QMHP completing the 
plan with finalization by an LMHP . The LMHP’s dated signature 
certifies that treatment is needed and services are appropriate 
as described in the treatment plan and does not recertify 
the diagnosis. The individual must also sign the plan unless 
there is a current signed consent to treatment included in the 
individual record.
(6) Treatment Plan Updates. Treatment plans shall be updated 
each time an individual is reassessed as specified in section 
(4) of this rule. A functional assessment may be utilized as the 
treatment plan update. 
(A) At a minimum, treatment plans shall be reviewed and 
updated every ninety (90) days to determine the individual’s 
continued need for services and progress achieved during the 
past ninety (90) days. The occurrence of a crisis or significant 
clinical event may require a further review and modification of 
the treatment plan. 
(B) The plan shall be updated collaboratively with the 
individual and/or parent/guardian and reflect the individual’s 
current strengths, needs, abilities, and preferences in the goals 
and objectives that have been established or continued based 
on the review. Updates must be documented in the individual 
record with one (1) of the following:
1. A progress note which specifies updates made to the 
treatment plan; or
2. A treatment plan review conducted quarterly; or
3. An updated functional assessment score with a brief 
26 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
narrative.
(C) The dated signature(s), title(s), and credential(s) of staff 
completing the review must be included on the treatment plan 
update. The individual served shall also sign the plan unless 
there is a current signed consent to treatment included in the 
individual record.
(7) Crisis Prevention Plan. If a potential risk for suicide, 
violence, risk of relapse, overdose, or other at-risk behavior is 
identified during the assessment process, or any time during 
the individual’s engagement in services, a crisis prevention 
plan shall be developed as specified in 9 CSR 10-7.030(3). 
(A) Documentation for completion of the crisis prevention 
plan shall include, at a minimum—
1. Factors that may precipitate a crisis;
2. A hierarchical list of skills/strengths identified by the 
individual to regain a sense of control to return to their level 
of functioning before the crisis or emergency; and 
3. A hierarchical list of staff interventions that may be 
used when a critical situation occurs.
(8) Service Transition, Transfer, and Discharge Planning. 
Transfer, transition, and discharge planning begins at 
admission. Decisions concerning continued service, transfer, 
or discharge involve review of the treatment plan and 
assessment of the individual’s progress, with clearly defined 
and agreed-upon goals and outcomes, rather than the result of 
a preset program structure.
(9) Data. The CSTAR program shall provide data to the 
department, upon request, regarding characteristics of 
individuals served, services, costs, or other information in a 
format specified by the department.
(10) Availability of Records. All documentation must be 
made available to department staff and other authorized 
representatives for review/audit purposes. Documentation 
must be legible and made contemporaneously with the 
delivery of the service (at the time the service was provided 
or within five (5) business days of the time it was provided), 
and address individual specifics including, at a minimum, 
individualized statements that support the assessment or 
treatment encounter.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed Aug. 7, 2023, effective Feb. 29, 2024.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.152 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and 
Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Utilizing the American Society of 
Addiction Medicine (ASAM) Criteria
PURPOSE: This rule specifies the requirements for Comprehensive 
Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR) programs 
providing services in accordance with The ASAM Criteria: 
Treatment Criteria for Addictive, Substance-Related, and Co-
Occurring Conditions.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) This regulation applies to CSTAR programs that have not 
been granted a temporary waiver as specified in 9 CSR 30-
3.150(4).
(2) Policies and Procedures. In addition to the policies and 
procedures specified in 9 CSR 10-7.090(4), the organization shall 
have policies and procedures addressing the following: 
(A) Drug screenings in accordance with The ASAM Criteria: 
Treatment Criteria for Addictive, Substance-Related, and Co-
Occurring Conditions, 2013, 3rd Edition, hereby incorporated 
by reference and made a part of this rule, developed by and 
available from the American Society of Addiction Medicine, 
Inc., 11400 Rockville Pike, Suite 200, Rockville, MD 20852, 
(301) 656-3920. This rule does not incorporate any subsequent 
amendments or additions to this publication; 
(B) Treatment of co-occurring disorders in accordance with 
The ASAM Criteria (abbreviated) as referenced above; and
(C) Staff training requirements in accordance with 9 CSR 
30-3.155.
(3) Performance Improvement. In addition to the performance 
improvement requirements specified in 9 CSR 10-7.040, the 
organization shall have a performance improvement plan that 
addresses the clinical case review process via internal peer 
review in accordance with The ASAM Criteria as referenced in 
subsection (2)(A) of this rule.
(4) Levels of Care. Certification from the department is 
available for the following ASAM levels of care:
(A) Outpatient—
1. Level 0.5, early intervention;
2. Level 1, outpatient services; and
3. Level 1 OTP , opioid treatment services; and
(B) Intensive outpatient (team-based services)—
1. Level 1-WM, ambulatory withdrawal management 
without extended on-site monitoring;
2. Level 2-WM, ambulatory withdrawal management 
without extended on-site monitoring;
3. Level 2-WM-EM, ambulatory withdrawal management 
with extended on-site monitoring; 
4. Level 2.1, intensive outpatient services; and
5. Level 2.5, partial hospitalization services; and
(C) Residential (team-based services)—
1. Level 3.1, clinically managed low intensity residential 
services;
2. Level 3.2-WM, clinically managed residential 
withdrawal management;
3. Level 3.3, clinically managed population-specific high-
intensity residential services;
4. Level 3.5, clinically managed high-intensity residential 
services;
5. Level 3.5, clinically managed high-intensity residential 
services (women and children);
6. Level 3.5, clinically managed medium-intensity 
residential services (adolescents);
7. Level 3.7, medically monitored intensive inpatient 
services; and
8. Level 3.7-WM, medically monitored inpatient 
withdrawal management.
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 27
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
(5) Telemedicine. Telemedicine is considered a face-to-face 
service. Services in all levels of care may be provided via 
telemedicine, including individual services within residential 
levels of care such as medication services, individual 
counseling, and medication services support. 
(6) Billing Requirements. No more than one (1) per diem 
treatment rate may be billed per day for team-based services 
(intensive outpatient and residential levels of care), with the 
exception of Level 1-WM and Level 2-WM.
(A) The minimum number of hours of services outlined in 
this rule for specific levels of care must be provided on a daily 
basis in order for the service provider to bill for a team-based 
service as supported by The ASAM Criteria and individual 
treatment plans. If a program does not provide the minimum 
number of hours specified, it is at risk of recoupment of funds 
by the department or other authorized representative(s).
1. Level 1-WM and Level 2-WM may be offered in 
conjunction with other outpatient levels of care (ASAM Levels 
1, 2.1, and 2.5) with the expectation that if additional services 
are needed, the individual receives them in the appropriate 
level of care. Providers shall comply with the ASAM Billing 
Overlap Guidance, 2022, hereby incorporated by reference and 
made a part of this rule, developed by and available from the 
Department of Mental Health, 1706 E. Elm St., PO Box 687, 
Jefferson City MO 65101, (573) 751-4942, https://dmh.mo.gov/
media/file/asam-billing-overlap-guidance. This rule does not 
incorporate any subsequent amendments or additions to this 
publication.
(7) Minimum Staffing Requirements. Providers shall comply 
with the The ASAM Minimum Staffing Standards for Department 
of Mental Health, 2022, hereby incorporated by reference and 
made a part of this rule, developed by and available from the 
Department of Mental Health, 1706 E. Elm St., PO Box 687, 
Jefferson City MO 65101, (573) 751-4942, https://dmh.mo.gov/
media/pdf/dbh-asam-minimum-staffing-requirements. This 
rule does not incorporate any subsequent amendments or 
additions to this publication.
(8) Multidimensional Assessment. The ASAM multidimensional 
assessment shall be utilized as specified in 9 CSR 30-3.151 to 
assist in determining each individual’s placement in a level of 
care that meets individual service needs. 
(A) The six (6) dimensions include—
1. Dimension 1, acute intoxication and/or withdrawal 
potential—exploring an individual’s past and current 
experiences of substance use and withdrawal;
2. Dimension 2, biomedical conditions/complications—
exploring an individual’s health history and current physical 
condition;
3. Dimension 3, emotional, behavioral, or cognitive 
conditions and complications—exploring an individual’s 
thoughts, emotions, and mental health issues;
4. Dimension 4, readiness to change—exploring an 
individual’s readiness and interest in changing;
5. Dimension 5, relapse, continued use, or continued 
problem potential—exploring an individual’s unique 
relationship with relapse or continued use or problems; and
6. Dimension 6, recovery/living environment—exploring 
an individual’s recovery or living situation, and the surrounding 
people, places, and things.
(B) All components of The ASAM Criteria, as referenced 
in subsection (2)(A) of this rule, must be considered when 
determining level of care placement for individuals served. 
The levels of care available in the CSTAR program are defined 
in this rule.
(C) The admission guidelines included in this rule do not 
constitute a comprehensive list of placement criteria for the 
levels of care. All dimensional admission criteria specified in 
The ASAM Criteria must be considered when determining level 
of care placement for individuals served. 
(9) Level 0.5 Early Intervention. Services shall be designed to 
address problems or risk factors related to substance use and to 
help individuals recognize the harmful consequences of high-
risk substance use. 
(A) Level 0.5 services include—
1. Individual counseling; 
2. Group counseling;
3. Group rehabilitative support; 
4. Family therapy; 
5. Community support; and 
6. Screening, brief intervention, and referral to treatment 
(SBIRT).
(B) Individuals meeting diagnostic criteria for a substance use 
disorder shall be referred to ongoing treatment, as appropriate. 
Referral may also include medical, psychological, or psychiatric 
services, including assessment and community social services. 
(C) Length of service shall vary based on factors such as the 
individual’s ability to comprehend the information provided 
and use that information to make behavior changes and avoid 
problems related to substance use, or the appearance of new 
problems that require treatment at another level of care.
(D) Admission guidelines for Level 0.5—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—
no signs or symptoms of withdrawal, or the individual’s 
withdrawal can be safely managed in an outpatient setting;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—none or 
very stable, any biomedical conditions and problems, if any, 
are sufficiently stable to permit participation in outpatient 
treatment; 
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—none or very stable or receiving concurrent 
mental health monitoring. Adolescents are not at risk of harm 
and experiencing minimal current difficulties with activities of 
daily living, but there is significant risk of deterioration;
4. Readiness to change—the individual is open to recovery 
or willing to explore their substance use disorder and/or mental 
health condition and is at least contemplating change. The 
individual may require monitoring and motivating strategies 
to engage in treatment and to progress through the stages of 
change;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—the individual is able to achieve or maintain non-
use of alcohol and/or other drugs and pursue related recovery 
or motivational goals with minimal support; and
6. Recovery environment—family and environment can 
support recovery with limited assistance, or the individual 
has the skills to cope. Adolescents’ risk of initiation of or 
progression in substance use and/or high-risk behaviors is 
increased by substance use or values about use. High-risk 
behaviors of family, peers, or others in the adolescent’s social 
support system.
(10) Level 1 Outpatient Services. Level 1 outpatient services 
consist of professionally directed assessment, diagnosis, 
treatment, and recovery services provided in an organized 
outpatient treatment setting.
(A) Services shall include, but are not limited to—
28 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
1. Individual counseling;
2. Group counseling; 
3. Family therapy; 
4. Peer and family support; 
5. Group rehabilitative support;
6. Medication services; 
7. Medication services support; 
8. Crisis intervention; and 
9. Community support. 
(B) For individuals with mental health conditions, issues of 
psychotropic medications, mental health treatment, and their 
relationship to substance use shall be addressed, as needed. 
(C) Services shall vary in level of intensity based on individual 
needs and shall be fewer than nine (9) contact hours per week 
for adults age eighteen (18) and older, and fewer than six (6) 
contact hours per week for adolescents age nine (9) through 
eighteen (18).
(D) The duration of treatment shall vary based on the 
severity of the individual’s illness and their response to 
treatment. 
(E) Admission guidelines for Level 1—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—
no signs or symptoms of withdrawal, or the individual’s 
withdrawal can be safely managed in an outpatient setting;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—any 
biomedical conditions and problems, if any, are sufficiently 
stable to permit participation in outpatient treatment; 
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—none or very stable or receiving concurrent 
mental health monitoring. Adolescents are not at risk of harm 
and experiencing minimal current difficulties with activities of 
daily living, but there is significant risk of deterioration;
4. Readiness to change—the individual is open to recovery 
or willing to explore their substance use disorder and/or mental 
health condition and is at least contemplating change. The 
individual may require monitoring and motivating strategies 
to engage in treatment and to progress through the stages of 
change;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—the individual is able to achieve or maintain non-
use of alcohol and/or other drugs and pursue related recovery 
or motivational goals with minimal support; and
6. Recovery environment—family and environment can 
support recovery with limited assistance, or the individual has 
the skills to cope.
(11) Level 1 Opioid Treatment Program (OTP). Level 1 OTPs 
provide community-based outpatient treatment for individuals 
with a diagnosed opioid use disorder. Medications shall be 
provided in conjunction with highly structured psychosocial 
programming that addresses major lifestyle, attitudinal, 
and behavioral issues that could undermine an individual’s 
recovery-oriented goals. 
(A) OTPs shall comply with the federal opioid treatment 
regulations set forth under 42 CFR 8.12 and 9 CSR 30-3.132. 
(B) OTPs shall administer medications approved by the Food 
and Drug Administration (FDA) to treat opioid use disorder and 
alleviate the adverse medical, psychological, and physical side 
effects of opioid dependence. 
(C) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Nursing assessment at the time of admission which 
is reviewed by a physician to determine the need for opioid 
treatment services, eligibility, and appropriate level of care 
placement for admission and referral;
2. A fully documented physical examination by a program 
physician or an assistant physician (AP), physician assistant 
(PA), advanced practice registered nurse (APRN), or resident 
physician working under the supervision of the program 
physician. The full medical examination, including the results 
of serology and other tests, must be completed within fourteen 
(14) days following admission;
3. A pregnancy test for women, as deemed clinically 
appropriate; and
4. Referral and assistance, as needed, for the individual 
to gain access to other needed substance use disorder and/or 
mental health services.
(D) Admission guidelines for Level 1 OTP—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—meets 
diagnostic criteria for an opioid use disorder;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—meets 
biomedical criteria for opioid use disorder and may have 
a concurrent biomedical illness that can be treated on an 
outpatient basis;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—none or stable or receiving concurrent mental 
health monitoring and/or treatment;
4. Readiness to change—requires a structured therapeutic 
and pharmacotherapy program to promote treatment progress 
and recovery;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—high risk of return to use of opioids or continued 
use without opioid pharmacotherapy, close outpatient 
monitoring, and structured support; and
6. Recovery environment—sufficiently supportive that 
outpatient treatment is feasible, or the individual does not 
have an adequate primary or social support system, but has 
demonstrated motivation and willingness to obtain such a 
support system.
(12) Level 1-WM Ambulatory Withdrawal Management 
Without Extended On-Site Monitoring. Organized outpatient 
services shall be delivered by trained clinicians who provide 
medically supervised evaluation, withdrawal management, 
and referral services according to a predetermined schedule. 
Services shall be provided in regularly scheduled sessions 
under a defined set of policies and procedures or medical 
protocols. 
(A) This level of care may be offered in conjunction with 
ASAM outpatient levels 1, 2.1, and 2.5 with the expectation 
that if additional services are needed, the individual receives 
them in the appropriate level of care. 
(B) Services shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Assessment; 
2. Medication or non-medication methods of withdrawal 
management; 
3. Non-pharmacological clinical support;
4. Involvement of family members/natural supports in the 
withdrawal management process; 
5. Physician and/or nurse monitoring, assessment, and 
management of signs and symptoms of intoxication and 
withdrawal; and
6. Referral for counseling and involvement in community 
recovery support groups and arrangements for counseling, 
medical, psychiatric, and continuing care.
(C) Individuals shall receive a minimum of thirty (30) 
minutes of services per day. 
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. A medical history and physical examination by a 
physician, AP , PA, resident physician, or APRN during the 
treatment episode or within twenty-four (24) hours of 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 29
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
admission, whichever occurs sooner. 
A. A physical examination not performed by a physician 
shall be dated and countersigned by a physician during 
the treatment episode or within seventy-two (72) hours, 
whichever occurs sooner, signifying their review of and 
concurrence with the findings;
2. Daily assessment of progress during withdrawal 
management and any treatment changes, or less frequent if 
the severity of withdrawal is sufficiently mild or stable;
3. Transfer, treatment, and discharge planning, beginning 
at the point of admission; and 
4. Referral and assistance for the individual to gain access 
to other needed substance use disorder and/or mental health 
services.
(E) Individuals shall meet the diagnostic criteria for a 
substance withdrawal disorder and the ASAM dimensional 
criteria for admission to this level of care.
1. For individuals whose presenting alcohol or other 
substance use history is inadequate to substantiate such a 
diagnosis, information provided by collateral parties (such 
as family members/natural supports or a legal guardian) can 
indicate a high probability of such a diagnosis, subject to 
confirmation by further evaluation.
(F) Individuals shall remain in this level of care until—
1. Their withdrawal signs and symptoms are sufficiently 
resolved such that they can participate in self-directed 
recovery or ongoing treatment without the need for further 
medical or nursing withdrawal management monitoring; or
2. Their signs and symptoms of withdrawal have failed to 
respond to treatment and have intensified such that transfer 
to a more intensive level of withdrawal management service 
is indicated; or
3. They are unable to complete withdrawal management 
at Level 1-WM despite an adequate trial; for example, they 
are experiencing intense craving and evidence insufficient 
coping skills to prevent continued use concurrent with the 
withdrawal management medication, indicating a need for 
more intensive services.
(13) Level 2-WM Ambulatory Withdrawal Management 
Without Extended On-Site Monitoring. Organized outpatient 
services shall be provided by trained clinicians to treat the 
individual’s level of clinical severity to achieve safe and 
comfortable withdrawal from mood-altering chemicals and 
to effectively facilitate their entry into ongoing treatment and 
recovery. 
(A) This level of care can be offered in conjunction with 
ASAM outpatient levels 1, 2.1, and 2.5 with the expectation that 
if additional services are needed, the individual receives them 
in the appropriate level of care.
(B) Services shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Assessment; 
2. Medication or non-medication methods of withdrawal 
management; 
3. Non-pharmacological clinical support;
4. Involvement of family members/natural supports in 
the withdrawal management process; 
5. Physician and/or nurse monitoring, assessment, and 
management of signs and symptoms of intoxication and 
withdrawal; and
6. Referral for counseling and involvement in community 
recovery support groups and arrangements for counseling, 
medical, psychiatric, and continuing care.
(C) Individuals shall receive a minimum of one hour and 
fifteen minutes (1.25 hours) of services per day. 
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. A medical history and physical examination by a 
physician, AP , PA, resident physician, or APRN during the 
treatment episode or within twenty-four (24) hours of 
admission, whichever occurs sooner. 
A. A physical examination not performed by a 
physician shall be dated and countersigned by a physician 
during the treatment episode or within seventy-two (72) 
hours, whichever occurs sooner, signifying their review of 
and concurrence with the findings;
2. Daily assessment of progress during withdrawal 
management and any treatment changes; 
3. Transfer, treatment, and discharge planning, beginning 
at the point of admission; and
4. Referral and assistance for the individual to gain access 
to other needed substance use disorder and/or mental health 
services.
(E) Individuals shall meet the diagnostic criteria for substance 
withdrawal disorder and the ASAM dimensional criteria for 
admission.
1. For individuals whose presenting alcohol or other 
substance use history is inadequate to substantiate such a 
diagnosis, information provided by collateral parties (such 
as family members/natural supports or a legal guardian) can 
indicate a high probability of such a diagnosis, subject to 
confirmation by further evaluation.
(F) Individuals shall remain in this level of care until—
1. Their withdrawal signs and symptoms are sufficiently 
resolved such that they can be safely managed in a less 
intensive level of care; or
2. Their signs and symptoms of withdrawal have failed 
to respond to treatment and have intensified (based on a 
standardized scoring system) such that transfer to a more 
intensive level of withdrawal management service is indicated; 
or
3. They are unable to complete withdrawal management 
at Level 2-WM despite an adequate trial; for example, they are 
experiencing intense craving and have insufficient coping 
skills to prevent continued alcohol or other drug use, indicating 
a need for more intensive services.
(14) Level 2-WM-EM Ambulatory Withdrawal Management 
with Extended On-Site Monitoring. Organized outpatient 
services shall be provided by trained clinicians who provide 
medically supervised evaluation, withdrawal management, 
and referral services. Services shall be designed to treat the 
individual’s level of clinical severity to achieve safe and 
comfortable withdrawal from mood-altering chemicals and 
to effectively facilitate the individual’s entry into ongoing 
treatment and recovery. 
(A) This level of care can be offered in conjunction with 
ASAM outpatient levels 1, 2.1, and 2.5 with the expectation 
that if additional services are needed, the individual receives 
them in the appropriate level of care.
(B) Services shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Assessment;
2. Medication or non-medication methods of withdrawal 
management;
3. Non-pharmacological clinical support;
4. Involvement of family members/natural supports in the 
withdrawal management process; and 
5. Physician and/or nurse monitoring, assessment, and 
management of signs and symptoms of intoxication and 
withdrawal.
(C) Individuals shall receive a minimum of two (2) hours of 
30 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
services per day.
(D) Services shall include up to twenty-three (23) hours 
of continuous observation, monitoring, and support in a 
supervised environment for the individual to achieve initial 
recovery from the effects of alcohol and/or other drugs and to 
be appropriately transitioned to the most appropriate level of 
care to continue the recovery process. 
(E) Individuals must be discharged within twenty-three (23) 
hours of admission.
(F) Programs shall operate twenty-four (24) hours per 
day, seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and 
awake. Twenty-four- (24-) hour access to emergency medical 
consultation services shall be available.
(G) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. A medical history and physical examination by a 
physician, AP , PA, resident physician, or APRN during the 
treatment episode or within twenty-four (24) hours of 
admission, whichever occurs sooner. 
A. A physical examination not performed by a 
physician shall be dated and countersigned by a physician 
during the treatment episode or within seventy-two (72) 
hours, whichever occurs sooner, signifying their review of 
and concurrence with the findings; 
2. Daily assessment of progress during withdrawal 
management and any treatment changes; 
3. Transfer, continuing recovery, and discharge planning 
beginning at the point of admission;
4. Conduct or arrange for appropriate laboratory and 
toxicology tests which can be point-of-care testing, as medically 
necessary; and
5. Referral and assistance for the individual to gain access 
to other needed substance use disorder and/or mental health 
services.
(H) Individuals shall meet the diagnostic criteria for 
substance withdrawal disorder and the ASAM dimensional 
criteria for admission.
1. For individuals whose presenting alcohol or other 
substance use history is inadequate to substantiate such a 
diagnosis, information provided by collateral parties (such 
as family members/natural supports or a legal guardian) can 
indicate a high probability of such a diagnosis, subject to 
confirmation by further evaluation.
(I) Individuals shall remain in this level of care until—
1. Their withdrawal signs and symptoms are sufficiently 
resolved such that the individual can be safely managed in a 
less intensive level of care; or
2. Their signs and symptoms of withdrawal have failed 
to respond to treatment and have intensified (based on a 
standardized scoring system) such that transfer to a more 
intensive level of withdrawal management service is indicated; 
or
3. They are unable to complete withdrawal management 
at Level 2-WM despite an adequate trial; for example, they are 
experiencing intense craving and have insufficient coping 
skills to prevent continued alcohol or other drug use, indicating 
a need for more intensive services.
(15) Level 2.1 Intensive Outpatient Treatment. This level of care 
shall include professionally directed assessment, diagnosis, 
treatment, and recovery services provided in an organized, 
non-residential treatment setting. 
(A) Services shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Psychiatric, medical, and laboratory services, as needed; 
2. Comprehensive bio-psychosocial assessments and 
individualized treatment, allowing for a valid assessment of 
dependency; 
3. Frequent monitoring/management of the individual’s 
medical and emotional concerns in order to avoid 
hospitalization;
4. Individual counseling, group counseling, family 
therapy, peer and family support, crisis intervention, and 
community support; and
5. Monitoring of substance use, medication services, 
medication services support, medical and psychiatric 
examinations, crisis intervention, and orientation and referral 
to community-based support groups.
(B) Timely access to additional support systems and services 
including medical, psychological, and toxicology shall be 
available through consultation or referral. 
(C) Services shall vary in level of intensity and shall include 
nine (9) or more contact hours per week for adults, age 
eighteen (18) years and older, not to exceed nineteen (19) 
hours per week. Services for adolescents age nine (9) through 
seventeen (17) shall include six (6) or more contact hours per 
week, not to exceed nineteen (19) hours per week. The week 
starts on the individual’s date of admission.
1. The duration of treatment shall vary based on the 
severity of the individual’s illness and their response to 
treatment.
2. Individuals shall receive a minimum of one hour and 
thirty minutes (1.5) hours of services per day.
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Monitoring, including biomarkers and/or toxicology 
testing, as medically necessary; 
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan; and
3. Documented referral to more or less intensive services.
(E) Individuals shall meet diagnostic criteria for a 
substance use disorder and the ASAM dimensional criteria 
for admission. If the individual’s presenting substance use 
history is inadequate to substantiate such a diagnosis, 
the probability of such a diagnosis may be determined 
from information appropriately submitted or obtained from 
collateral parties such as family members, legal guardian, or 
natural supports. Additional admission guidelines include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—
no signs or symptoms of withdrawal, or the individual’s 
withdrawal needs can be safely managed in an intensive 
outpatient setting. The adolescent who is appropriately placed 
in this level of care is likely to attend, engage, and participate 
in treatment as evidenced by being able to tolerate mild 
subacute withdrawal symptoms, has made a commitment to 
sustain treatment and follow treatment recommendations, and 
has external supports to promote engagement in treatment;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—none 
or sufficiently stable to permit participation in outpatient 
treatment;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—none to moderate. If present, the individual 
must receive appropriate co-occurring disorder services 
depending on their level of function, stability, and degree of 
impairment in this dimension;
4. Readiness to change—requires structured therapy 
and a programmatic milieu to promote treatment progress 
and recovery because motivational interventions at another 
level of care were unsuccessful. Adolescents admitted to this 
level of care may be only passively involved in treatment or 
demonstrate variable adherence with attendance at outpatient 
treatment sessions or self-help groups;
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 31
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—experiencing an intensification of symptoms of 
the substance-related disorder and level of functioning is 
deteriorating despite modification of the treatment plan. 
Alternatively, there is a high likelihood of relapse, continued 
use, or continued problems without close monitoring and 
support several times a week as indicated by the individual’s 
lack of awareness of relapse triggers, difficulty in coping or in 
postponing immediate gratification, or ambivalence toward 
treatment; and
6. Recovery environment— insufficiently supportive 
environment and the individual lacks the resources or skills 
necessary to maintain an adequate level of functioning without 
services in intensive outpatient treatment. Alternatively, 
the individual lacks social contacts, has unsupportive social 
contacts that jeopardize recovery, or has few friends or peers 
who do not use alcohol or other drugs.
(16) Level 2.5 Partial Hospitalization Services. A planned 
format of services shall be delivered on an individual and 
group basis to meet individual needs.
(A) Services shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Psychiatric, medical, and laboratory services, as needed; 
2. Comprehensive bio-psychosocial assessments and 
individualized treatment, allowing for a valid assessment of 
dependency; 
3. Frequent monitoring/management of the individual’s 
medical and emotional concerns in order to avoid 
hospitalization;
4. Individual counseling, group counseling, family 
therapy, peer and family support, crisis intervention, and 
community support; and
5. Monitoring of substance use, medication services, 
medication services support, medical and psychiatric 
examinations, crisis intervention, and orientation to 
community-based support groups.
(B) A minimum of twenty (20) hours of clinically intensive 
programming shall be provided per week, based on individual 
treatment plans. The week starts on the individual’s date of 
admission.
1. Individuals shall receive a minimum of two hours and 
twenty-four minutes (2.4 hours) of services per day. 
(C) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. A physical examination based on the individual’s 
medical condition. Such determinations are made according 
to established program protocols which include reliance on 
the individual’s personal healthcare provider, when possible. 
Examinations are based on the staff’s capabilities and the 
severity of the individual’s symptoms, and are approved by a 
physician; and
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan.
(D) Individuals must meet diagnostic criteria for a substance 
use disorder as well as the ASAM dimensional criteria for 
admission. If the individual’s presenting substance use history 
is inadequate to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability 
of such a diagnosis may be determined from information 
appropriately submitted or obtained from collateral parties 
such as family members, legal guardian, or natural supports. 
Additional admission guidelines include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—
no signs or symptoms of withdrawal, or the individual’s 
withdrawal needs can be safely managed in a partial hospital 
setting;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—none or not 
sufficient to interfere with treatment but are severe enough to 
distract from recovery efforts and require medical monitoring 
and/or medical management;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—none to moderate. If present, the individual 
must receive appropriate co-occurring disorder services 
depending on the their level of function, stability, and degree 
of impairment in this dimension;
4. Readiness to change—the individual requires structured 
therapy and a programmatic milieu to promote treatment 
progress and recovery because motivational interventions at 
another level were unsuccessful;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—the individual is experiencing an intensification 
of symptoms related to their substance use disorder and their 
level of functioning is deteriorating despite modification of the 
treatment plan and active participation in a Level 1 or Level 2.1 
program; and
6. Recovery environment—insufficiently supportive 
environment and the individual lacks the resources or skills 
necessary to maintain an adequate level of functioning without 
services in a partial hospitalization program. Alternatively, 
family members and/or other natural supports who live with 
the individual are not supportive of their recovery goals or are 
passively opposed to their treatment. 
(17) Level 3.1 Clinically Managed Low-Intensity Residential 
Services. Programs shall provide a structured recovery 
environment which allows sufficient stability to prevent or 
minimize relapse or continued use and continued problem 
potential for individuals served.
(A) Treatment services are focused on improving the 
individual’s readiness to change and/or functioning and coping 
skills. Services shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Individual counseling;
2. Group counseling;
3. Group rehabilitative support;
4. Family therapy; 
5. Medication services;
6. Medication services support; and 
7. Community support.
(B) Individuals shall participate in at least five (5) hours of 
services per week. The week starts on the individual’s date of 
admission. Mutual/self-help meetings shall not be included in 
the five (5) hours of treatment per week.
1. The target length of stay is one (1) to three (3) months, 
based on individual needs.
(C) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per day, 
seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. 
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Tuberculosis screening and testing, provided directly or 
by referral. Pre- and post-test counseling shall be provided, as 
needed; 
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan;
3. Documented physical examination one (1) month 
prior to admission or a physical examination completed 
no later than five (5) days after admission. Any individual 
receiving uninterrupted treatment or care shall require only 
the documentation of the initial physical examination;
4. Referral and assistance, as needed, for the individual to 
gain access to other needed substance use disorder or mental 
32 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
health services; 
5. Orientation and facilitated connections to recovery 
resources and community supports, including referrals to self-
help programs for identified psychiatric, substance use, and 
co-occurring disorders, as appropriate and for the continuation 
of appropriate treatment; and
6. Specific and documented plans for community 
reintegration and transition to less intensive levels of 
residential and treatment support, including the aftercare to 
which the individual is being discharged.
(E) Individuals must meet diagnostic criteria for a substance 
use disorder as well as the ASAM dimensional criteria for 
admission. If the individual’s presenting substance use history 
is inadequate to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability 
of such a diagnosis may be determined from information 
appropriately submitted or obtained from collateral parties 
such as family members, legal guardian, or natural supports. 
Additional admission guidelines include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—
none, or minimal/stable withdrawal risk and can be safely 
managed in this level of care. The adolescent’s status in this 
dimension is characterized by problems with intoxication 
or withdrawal (if any) that are being managed through 
concurrent placement at another level of care for withdrawal 
management (typically Level 1, 2.1, or 2.5);
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—biomedical 
problems, if any, are stable and do not require medical or nurse 
monitoring and the individual is capable of self-administering 
any prescribed medications. The adolescent’s status in this 
dimension is characterized by a biomedical condition that 
distracts from recovery efforts and requires limited residential 
supervision to ensure adequate treatment and provide support 
to overcome the distraction, or continued substance use would 
place them at risk of serious damage to their physical health; 
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—minimal problems in this area. The individual’s 
mental status is assessed as sufficiently stable to allow them to 
participate in therapeutic interventions provided at this level 
of care and to benefit from treatment. The adolescent’s status 
in this dimension is characterized by at least one (1) of the 
following: 
A. Risk of dangerous consequences because of the lack 
of a stable environment; 
B. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive problems result 
in moderate impairment in social functioning; 
C. Moderate impairment in their ability to manage the 
activities of daily living; 
D. History and present situation suggests an emotional, 
behavioral, or cognitive condition would become unstable 
without twenty-four (24) hours supervision; or
E. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive condition suggests 
the need for low-intensity and/or longer term reinforcement 
and practice of recovery skills in a controlled environment;
4. Readiness to change—open to recovery, but in need of 
a structured, therapeutic environment to promote treatment 
progress and recovery due to impaired ability to make behavior 
changes without the support of a structured environment;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem potential—
understands the risk of relapse, but lacks relapse prevention 
skills or requires a structured environment to continue to 
apply recovery and coping skills. The adolescent is at high 
risk of substance use or deteriorated mental functioning with 
dangerous emotional, behavioral, or cognitive consequences 
in the absence of twenty-four- (24-) hour structured support; 
and
6. Recovery environment—able to cope for limited periods 
of time outside of the twenty-four- (24-) hour structure, but 
the environment jeopardizes recovery. The adolescent’s home 
environment is too chaotic or ineffective to support or sustain 
treatment goals such that recovery is assessed as unachievable 
without residential support.
(18) Level 3.2 Clinically Managed Residential Withdrawal 
Management. Services shall be provided in an organized, 
residential, non-medical setting and be delivered by 
appropriately trained staff who provide safe, twenty-four- (24-) 
hour supervision, observation, and support for individuals who 
are intoxicated or experiencing withdrawal. 
(A) Programs may be staffed to supervise self-administered 
medications for management of withdrawal symptoms. All 
programs shall have established clinical protocols to identify 
individuals in need of medical services beyond the program’s 
capacity and to arrange for transfer to an appropriate 
healthcare facility. 
(B) Services shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Individual counseling;
2. Group counseling;
3. Group rehabilitation support;
4. Peer and family support;
5. Community support; and
6. Medical and medication services support.
(C) Target length of stay is one (1) to three (3) days.
(D) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per 
day, seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. 
(E) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual’s 
treatment plan;
2. A medical history and physical examination by a 
physician, AP , PA, resident physician, or APRN during the 
treatment episode or within twenty-four (24) hours of 
admission, whichever occurs sooner.
A. A physical examination that is not performed by a 
physician shall be dated and countersigned by a physician 
during the treatment episode or within seventy-two (72) 
hours, whichever occurs sooner, signifying their review of and 
concurrence with the findings; 
3. A comprehensive nursing assessment at admission 
which includes a substance use history and assessment 
recommendations that are reviewed with a physician; and
4. Documented referral and assistance for the individual 
to gain access to other needed substance use disorder and/or 
mental health services.
(F) Individuals admitted to this level of care are experiencing 
signs and symptoms of withdrawal, or there is evidence 
(based on history of substance intake, age, gender, previous 
withdrawal history, present symptoms, physical condition 
and/or emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions) that 
withdrawal is imminent. The individual is assessed as not 
being at risk of severe withdrawal and moderate withdrawal is 
safely manageable at this level of service.
1. In addition, the individual may be assessed as not 
requiring medication to assist in managing withdrawal 
symptoms, but requires this level of service to complete 
withdrawal management and enter into continued treatment 
or self-help recovery because of inadequate home supervision 
or support structure, as evidenced by meeting one (1) of the 
following criteria:
A. The individual’s recovery environment is not 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 33
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
supportive of withdrawal management and entry into 
treatment, and they do not have sufficient coping skills to 
safely manage issues in the recovery environment; or
B. The individual has a recent history of withdrawal 
management at less intensive levels of service that is marked 
by inability to complete withdrawal management or to 
enter into continuing substance use disorder treatment, and 
continues to have insufficient skills to complete withdrawal 
management; or
C. The individual recently demonstrated an inability to 
complete withdrawal management at a less intensive level of 
service, as evidenced by continued use of non-prescribed drugs 
or other substances.
(19) Level 3.3 Clinically Managed, Population-Specific High 
Intensity Residential Services (Adult Criteria). Programs shall 
provide a structured recovery environment in combination 
with high-intensity clinical services to meet the individual’s 
functional limitations and to support recovery from substance-
related disorders. 
(A) Length of stay is based on the individual’s severity of 
illness, level of function, and progress in treatment.
(B) Individuals shall receive a minimum of twenty (20) 
hours of services per week. The week starts on the individual’s 
date of admission.
1. At least ten (10) of the twenty (20) hours of services 
shall include a combination of individual counseling, group 
counseling, group rehabilitative support, family therapy, peer 
and family support, community support, medication services, 
and medication services support. 
(C) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per day, 
seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week.
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Tuberculosis screening and testing provided directly or 
by referral. Pre- and post-test counseling shall be provided, as 
needed; 
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual’s 
treatment plan;
3. Comprehensive nursing assessment completed within 
seventy-two (72) hours of admission, with consultation with a 
physician when necessary;
4. A documented physical examination one (1) month 
prior to admission or a physical examination completed 
no later than five (5) days after admission. Any individual 
receiving uninterrupted treatment or care shall require only 
the documentation of the initial physical examination;
5. Referral and assistance, as needed, for the individual 
to gain access to other needed substance use disorder and/or 
mental health services; and
6. Orientation and facilitated connections to recovery 
resources and community supports, including referrals to self-
help programs for identified psychiatric, substance use, and 
co-occurring disorders as appropriate and for the continuation 
of appropriate treatment.
(E) Individuals admitted to this level of care must meet 
diagnostic criteria for a moderate or severe substance 
use disorder as well as the ASAM dimensional criteria for 
admission. If the individual’s presenting history is inadequate 
to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability of such a 
diagnosis may be determined from information submitted by 
collateral parties such as family members/natural supports 
and legal guardians. Additional guidelines include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—none, 
or minimal risk of withdrawal, or withdrawal needs can be 
safely managed at this level;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—none or 
stable. Any biomedical problems do not require medical 
or nurse monitoring and the individual is capable of self-
administering any prescribed medications;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—the individual’s mental status (including 
emotional stability and cognitive functioning) is assessed 
as sufficiently stable to permit them to participate in the 
therapeutic interventions provided at this level of care and to 
benefit from treatment;
4. Readiness to change—because of the intensity and 
chronicity of the substance use disorder or the individual’s 
cognitive limitations, they have little awareness of the need 
for continuing care or the existence of their substance use or 
mental health problem and need for treatment and, therefore, 
has limited readiness to change; 
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—the individual has limited awareness of relapse 
triggers and is in imminent danger of relapse or continued 
substance use. The individual requires relapse prevention 
activities that are delivered at a slower pace, more concretely, 
and more repetitively within a twenty-four (24) hour structured 
environment; and
6. Recovery environment—the environment interferes 
with recovery and is characterized by moderately high risk of 
initiation or repetition of physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, 
or substance use is so prevalent the individual is unable to cope 
outside of a twenty-four- (24-) hour supervised setting.
(20) Level 3.5 Clinically Managed High-Intensity Residential 
Services (Adult Criteria). Programs shall be designed to serve 
individuals who, because of specific functional limitations, 
need a safe and stable environment in order to develop 
and/or demonstrate sufficient recovery skills so they do not 
immediately relapse or continue to use in an imminently 
dangerous manner upon transfer to a less intensive level of 
care. Individual needs are of such severity that treatment 
cannot be safely provided in a less intensive level of care.
(A) Length of stay is based on the individual’s severity of 
illness, level of function, and progress in treatment.
(B) Individuals shall receive at least a twenty- (20-) hour 
combination of clinical and recovery services per week. The 
week starts on the individual’s date of admission.
1. At least ten (10) of the twenty (20) hours shall include a 
combination of individual counseling, group counseling and 
rehabilitative support, family therapy, peer and family support, 
community support, crisis intervention, medication services, 
and/or medication services support.
(C) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per day, 
seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. 
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Tuberculosis screening and testing provided directly 
or by referral. Pre- and post-test counseling are provided as 
needed; 
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan;
3. Comprehensive nursing assessment completed within 
seventy-two (72) hours of admission, with consultation with a 
physician when necessary;
4. A documented physical examination one (1) month 
prior to admission or a physical examination completed 
34 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
no later than five (5) days after admission. Any individual 
receiving uninterrupted treatment or care shall require only 
the documentation of the initial physical examination;
5. Modification to the treatment plan based on review 
of any positive drug screen(s) with the individual served, as 
applicable; 
6. Referral and assistance as needed for the individual 
to gain access to other needed substance use disorder and/or 
mental health services;
7. Orientation and facilitated connections to recovery 
resources and community supports, including referrals to self-
help programs for identified psychiatric, substance use, and 
co-occurring disorders as appropriate and for the continuation 
of appropriate treatment; and
8. Documented plans for community reintegration and 
transition to less intensive levels of residential and treatment 
support and services, including the aftercare to which the 
individual is being discharged. 
(E) Individuals admitted to this level of care must meet 
diagnostic criteria for a substance use disorder of moderate 
to high severity, as well as the ASAM dimensional criteria for 
admission. If the individual’s presenting history is inadequate 
to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability of such a 
diagnosis may be determined from information submitted by 
collateral parties such as family members/natural supports, 
and legal guardians. Other admission guidelines include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—none, 
or withdrawal symptoms can be safely managed at this level;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—none or 
stable and the individual can self-administer any prescribed 
medication or, if their condition is severe enough to distract 
from treatment and recovery, the individual can receive 
medical monitoring within the program or through another 
provider;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—the individual’s mental status (including 
emotional stability and cognitive functioning) is assessed 
as sufficiently stable to permit them to participate in the 
therapeutic interventions provided at this level of care and to 
benefit from treatment. Despite the individual’s best efforts, 
they are unable to control their use of alcohol and/or other 
drugs, and their level of dysfunction is so severe they would not 
be successful in a less structured level of care;
4. Readiness to change—the individual has marked 
difficulty with or opposition to treatment, with dangerous 
consequences, and has limited insight and awareness of the 
need for continuing care or the existence of their substance use 
or mental health problem and need for treatment, thereby has 
limited readiness to change;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—the individual is unable to recognize relapse 
triggers and has no recognition of the skills needed to prevent 
continued use, with limited ability to initiate or sustain 
ongoing recovery in a less structured environment; and
6. Recovery environment—the individual lives in an 
environment with moderately high risk of neglect, initiation, 
or repetition of physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, or is in a 
culture highly invested in substance use. The individual lacks 
skills to cope with challenges to recovery outside of a highly 
structured twenty-four- (24-) hour setting.
(21) Level 3.5, Clinically Managed Medium Intensity Residential 
Services (Adolescent Criteria). This is a residential program 
offering a twenty-four- (24-) hour supportive treatment 
environment. Adolescents placed in this level of care 
typically have impaired functioning across a broad range of 
psychosocial domains. These impairments may be expressed 
as disruptive behaviors, delinquency and juvenile justice 
involvement, educational difficulties, family conflicts and 
chaotic home situations, developmental immaturity, and 
psychological problems. 
(A) Length of stay shall be based on the individual’s severity 
of illness, level of function, and progress in treatment.
(B) Individuals shall receive at least a twenty- (20-) hour 
combination of clinical and recovery services per week. The 
week starts on the individual’s date of admission.
1. At least ten (10) of the twenty (20) hours shall include 
a combination of individual counseling, group counseling 
and rehabilitative support, family therapy, peer and family 
support, community support, medication services, and/or 
medication services support.
(C) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per day, 
seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. 
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Tuberculosis screening and testing provided directly 
or by referral. Pre- and post-test counseling are provided as 
needed;
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan;
3. Comprehensive nursing assessment completed within 
seventy-two (72) hours of admission, with consultation with a 
physician when necessary;
4. A documented physical examination one (1) month 
prior to admission or a physical examination completed 
no later than five (5) days after admission. Any individual 
receiving uninterrupted treatment or care shall require only 
the documentation of the initial physical examination;
5. Modification to the treatment plan based on review 
of any positive drug screen(s) with the individual served, as 
applicable; 
6. Referral and assistance, as needed, for the individual to 
gain access to other needed medical, substance use disorder, 
and/or mental health services;
7. Orientation and facilitated connections to recovery 
resources and community supports, including referrals to self-
help programs for identified psychiatric, substance use, and 
co-occurring disorders as appropriate and for the continuation 
of appropriate treatment; 
8. Documented plans for community reintegration and 
transition to less intensive levels of residential and treatment 
support and services, including the aftercare to which the 
individual is being discharged; and
9. Educational services provided in accordance with state 
regulations, including opportunities to address deficits in the 
education level of adolescents who have fallen behind because 
of their involvement with alcohol and/or other drugs.
(E) Adolescents admitted to this level of care must meet 
diagnostic criteria for a substance use disorder of moderate 
to high severity, as well as the ASAM dimensional criteria for 
admission. If the adolescent’s presenting history is inadequate 
to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability of such a 
diagnosis may be determined from information submitted 
by family members/natural supports and legal guardians. 
Additional admission guidelines include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—at 
risk of or experiencing acute or subacute intoxication or 
withdrawal, with mild to moderate symptoms. Needs secure 
placement and increased treatment intensity to support 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 35
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
engagement in treatment, ability to tolerate withdrawal, and 
prevention of immediate continued use. Alternatively, the 
adolescent has a history of unsuccessful treatment at the same 
or a less intensive level of care;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—biomedical 
conditions distract from recovery efforts and require 
residential supervision (that is unavailable in a less intensive 
level of care) to ensure adequate treatment, or the adolescent 
requires medium-intensity residential treatment to provide 
support to overcome the distraction. Continued substance 
use would place the adolescent at risk of serious damage to 
their physical health because of a biomedical condition (such 
as pregnancy or HIV) or an imminently dangerous pattern of 
high-risk use;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—the adolescent is at moderate but stable risk 
of imminent harm to self or others and needs medium 
intensity, twenty-four- (24-) hour monitoring and/or treatment 
for protection and safety, however, does not require access 
to medical or nursing services. Their recovery efforts are 
negatively impacted by their emotional, behavioral, or 
cognitive problems in significant and distracting ways;
4. Readiness to change—because of the intensity and 
chronicity of their substance use disorder and/or mental health 
problems, the adolescent has limited insight into and little 
awareness of the need for continuing care or the existence 
of their substance use disorder or mental health issues and 
has limited readiness to change. The individual has marked 
difficulty in understanding the relationship between their 
substance use disorder, mental health, or life problems and 
their impaired coping skills and level of functioning, often 
blaming others for their problems; 
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—the adolescent does not recognize relapse triggers 
and lacks insight into the benefits of continuing care, and is 
therefore, not committed to treatment. Their continued use 
of substances poses an imminent danger of harm to self or 
others in the absence of twenty-four- (24-) hour monitoring and 
structured support; and
6. Recovery environment—living and social environments 
have a high risk of neglect or initiation or repetition of 
physical, sexual, or severe emotional abuse, such that the 
adolescent is assessed as being unable to achieve or maintain 
recovery without residential treatment.
(22) Level 3.5 Clinically Managed High-Intensity Residential 
Services (Women and Children). Programs shall provide a 
twenty-four- (24-) hour supportive treatment environment 
specializing in services for women who are pregnant, 
postpartum, and/or have children. Programs shall arrange for 
gender-specific substance use disorder treatment and other 
therapeutic interventions for women and comply with child 
supervision and other requirements specified in 9 CSR 30-3.190. 
(A) Length of stay shall be based on the individual’s severity 
of illness, level of function, and progress in treatment.
(B) Individuals shall receive at least a twenty- (20-) hour 
combination of clinical and recovery services per week. The 
week starts on the individual’s date of admission.
1. At least ten (10) of the twenty (20) hours shall include 
a combination of individual counseling, group counseling 
and rehabilitative support, family therapy, peer and family 
support, crisis intervention, community support, medication 
services, and/or medication services support.
(C) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per day, 
seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. 
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Tuberculosis screening and testing provided directly or 
by referral. Pre- and post-test counseling shall be provided, as 
needed; 
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan;
3. Comprehensive nursing assessment completed within 
seventy-two (72) hours of admission, with consultation with a 
physician when necessary; 
4. A documented physical examination one (1) month 
prior to admission or a physical examination completed 
no later than five (5) days after admission. Any individual 
receiving uninterrupted treatment or care shall require only 
the documentation of the initial physical examination;
5. Children accompanying their mother to services shall 
receive a screening by a qualified mental health professional 
(QMHP) or qualified addiction professional (QAP) to determine 
the appropriateness and need for services. 
A. If services are determined to be a need for the 
child(ren), a licensed diagnostician shall complete an 
assessment with diagnosis;
6. Modification to the treatment plan based on review 
of any positive drug screen(s) with the individual served, as 
applicable; 
7. Referral and assistance as needed for the individual to 
gain access to other needed substance use disorder and/or 
mental health services;
8. Orientation to and facilitated connections to recovery 
resources and community supports, including referrals to self-
help programs for identified psychiatric, substance use, and 
co-occurring disorders as appropriate and for the continuation 
of appropriate treatment;
9. Documented plans for community reintegration and 
transition to less intensive levels of residential and treatment 
support and services, including the aftercare to which the 
individual is being discharged.
(E) Individuals who are admitted to this level of care 
must meet diagnostic criteria for a substance use disorder of 
moderate to high severity, as well as the ASAM dimensional 
criteria for admission. If the individual’s presenting history is 
inadequate to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability 
of such a diagnosis may be determined from information 
submitted by collateral parties such as family members, legal 
guardians, and significant others. 
(F) Priority shall be given to women who are pregnant, 
postpartum, or have children in their physical care and 
custody. Additional admission guidelines include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—none, 
or withdrawal symptoms can be safely managed at this level;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—none or 
stable and the individual can self-administer any prescribed 
medication, or if the condition is severe enough to distract 
from treatment and recovery, the individual can receive 
medical monitoring within the program or through another 
provider;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—mental status (including emotional stability 
and cognitive functioning) is assessed as sufficiently stable to 
permit them to participate in the therapeutic interventions 
provided at this level of care and to benefit from treatment;
4. Readiness to change—significant difficulty with 
treatment, with negative consequences, and may have 
significant limitations in the areas of readiness to change. 
36 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
Recovery may be perceived as providing a lesser return for the 
effort;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—needs skills to prevent continued use and may have 
relapse, continued use, or continued problem potential; and
6. Recovery environment—the individual lives in an 
environment with moderately high risk of neglect, initiation 
or repetition of physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, or is in 
a culture highly invested in substance use. The individual 
lacks skills to cope with challenges to recovery outside of 
a highly structured twenty-four- (24-) hour setting. These 
social influences may represent a sense of hopelessness or an 
acceptance of deviance as normative.
(23) Level 3.7 Medically Monitored Intensive Inpatient Services 
(Adult Criteria). Programs shall provide a planned and 
structured regimen of twenty-four- (24-) hour professionally 
directed evaluation, observation, medical monitoring, and 
substance use disorder treatment in a residential setting. 
Individuals in this level of care may have co-occurring 
substance use and mental health disorders that need to be 
stabilized. The target population includes individuals with a 
high risk of withdrawal symptoms and moderate co-occurring 
psychiatric and/or medical problems that are of sufficient 
severity to require twenty-four- (24-) hour treatment. 
(A) Length of stay shall be based on the individual’s severity 
of illness, level of function, and progress in treatment.
(B) Individuals shall receive thirty (30) hours of structured 
treatment per week. The week starts on the individual’s date 
of admission.
1. At least ten (10) of the thirty (30) hours shall include 
a combination of individual counseling, group counseling, 
group rehabilitative support, family therapy, peer and family 
support, crisis intervention, community support, medication 
services, and/or medication services support. 
(C) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per day, 
seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. 
(D) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Tuberculosis screening and testing provided directly 
or by referral. Pre- and post-test counseling are provided as 
needed;
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan;
3. Nursing assessment at time of admission by an RN 
(or APRN, physician, resident physician, assistant physician, 
physician assistant in the absence of an RN); 
4. A physician or AP , PA, APRN, or resident physician 
assesses the individual within twenty-four (24) hours of 
admission or, within twenty-four (24) hours of admission, 
a physician reviews and updates the record of a physical 
examination that was conducted no more than seven (7) days 
prior to admission. A physician must be available to assess the 
individual thereafter, as medically necessary;
5. Additional medical specialty consultation, 
psychological, laboratory, and toxicology services are available 
onsite, through consultation, or referral;
6. Referral and assistance, as needed, for the individual 
to gain access to other needed substance use disorder and/or 
mental health services; and
7. Orientation and facilitated connections to recovery 
resources and community supports, including referrals 
to self-help programs for identified psychiatric, substance 
use and co-occurring disorders as appropriate and for the 
continuation of appropriate treatment.
(E) Individuals admitted to this level of care must meet 
diagnostic criteria for a moderate or severe substance 
use disorder, as well as the ASAM dimensional criteria for 
admission. If the individual’s presenting history is conflicting 
or inadequate to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability 
of such a diagnosis may be determined from information 
provided by family members/natural supports and legal 
guardians. Additional admission criteria includes—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—high 
risk of withdrawal symptoms that can be managed in a Level 
3.7 program;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—moderate 
to severe conditions which require twenty-four- (24-) hour 
nursing and medical monitoring or active treatment but not 
the full resources of an acute care hospital;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions 
and complications—moderate to severe conditions and 
complications (such as diagnosable co-morbid mental disorders 
or symptoms). These symptoms may not be severe enough to 
meet diagnostic criteria but interfere or distract from recovery 
efforts (for example, anxiety/hypomanic or depression and/or 
cognitive symptoms) and may include compulsive behaviors, 
suicidal or homicidal ideation with a recent history of 
attempts but no specific plan, or hallucinations and delusions 
without acute risk to self or others. Psychiatric symptoms are 
interfering with abstinence, recovery, and stability to such 
a degree that the individual needs a structured twenty-four- 
(24-) hour, medically monitored (but not medically managed) 
environment to address recovery efforts;
4. Readiness to change—the individual is unable to 
acknowledge the relationship between the substance use 
disorder and mental health and/or medical issues, or is in need 
of intensive motivating strategies, activities, and processes 
available only in a twenty-four- (24-) hour structured medically 
monitored setting (but not medically managed);
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—the individual is experiencing an escalation 
of relapse behaviors and/or acute psychiatric crisis and/or 
reemergence of acute symptoms and is in need of twenty-four- 
(24-) hour monitoring and structured support; and
6. Recovery environment—the environment or current 
living arrangement is characterized by a high risk of initiation 
or repetition of physical, sexual, or emotional abuse or 
substance use so prevalent that the individual is assessed as 
unable to achieve or maintain recovery at a less intensive level 
of care.
(24) Level 3.7 Medically Monitored Intensive Inpatient Services 
(Adolescent Criteria). Programs shall provide a planned and 
structured regimen of twenty-four- (24-) hour professionally 
directed evaluation, observation, medical monitoring, and 
substance use disorder treatment. For adolescents, this level 
of treatment is often necessary to orient the individual to the 
structure of daily life. Services must be provided in accordance 
with 9 CSR 30-3.192.
(A) Length of stay shall be based on the individual’s severity 
of illness, level of function, and progress in treatment.
(B) Individuals shall receive at least thirty (30) hours of 
structured treatment per week. The week starts on the 
individual’s date of admission.
1. At least ten (10) of the thirty (30) hours shall include 
a combination of individual counseling, group counseling, 
group rehabilitative support, family therapy, peer and family 
support, community support, medication services, and/or 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 37
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
medication services support. 
(C) Elements of the assessment and treatment plan review 
in this level of care for adolescents shall include—
1. An initial withdrawal assessment within twenty-four 
(24) hours of admission, or earlier if clinically warranted;
2. Daily nursing withdrawal monitoring assessments and 
continuous availability of nursing evaluation; and
3. Daily availability of medical evaluation, with 
continuous on-call coverage.
(D) Programs shall be staffed twenty-four (24) hours per 
day, seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. 
(E) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Tuberculosis screening and testing provided directly 
or by referral. Pre- and post-test counseling are provided as 
needed; 
2. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan;
3. Nursing assessment at the time of admission by an RN 
(or APRN, physician, resident physician, assistant physician, 
physician assistant in the absence of an RN);
4. A physician or AP , PA, APRN, or resident physician 
assesses the individual within twenty-four (24) hours of 
admission or, within twenty-four (24) hours of admission, 
a physician reviews and updates the record of a physical 
examination that was conducted no more than seven (7) days 
prior to admission. A physician must be available to assess the 
individual thereafter, as medically necessary;
5. Additional medical specialty consultation, 
psychological, laboratory, and toxicology services are available 
on-site, through consultation or referral;
6. Referral and assistance, as needed, for the individual 
to gain access to other needed substance use disorder and/or 
mental health services;
7. Orientation and facilitated connections to recovery 
resources and community supports, including referrals to self-
help programs for identified psychiatric, substance use, and co-
occurring disorders, as appropriate, and for the continuation of 
appropriate treatment; and
8. Educational services provided in accordance with state 
regulations, including opportunities to address deficits in 
the educational level of adolescents who have fallen behind 
because of their involvement with alcohol and/or other drugs.
(F) Adolescents admitted to this level of care must meet 
diagnostic criteria for a moderate or severe substance use 
disorder, as well as ASAM dimensional criteria for admission. If 
the adolescent’s presenting history is conflicting or inadequate 
to substantiate such a diagnosis, the probability of such a 
diagnosis may be determined from information provided by 
collateral parties such as parent/guardian, family members, 
or other natural supports. Additional admission guidelines 
include—
1. Acute intoxication and/or withdrawal potential—
experiencing or at risk of acute or subacute intoxication or 
withdrawal with moderate to severe signs and symptoms. 
The individual needs twenty-four- (24-) hour treatment 
services including the availability of active medical and nurse 
monitoring to manage withdrawal, support engagement in 
treatment, and prevent immediate continued use;
2. Biomedical conditions and complications—significant 
risk of serious damage to physical health or concomitant 
biomedical conditions, or a biomedical condition requires 
twenty-four- (24-) hour nursing and medical monitoring or 
active treatment, but not the full resources of an acute care 
hospital;
3. Emotional, behavioral, or cognitive conditions and 
complications—moderate and possibly unpredictable risk of 
imminent harm to self or others and needs twenty-four- 
(24-) hour monitoring and/or treatment in a high-intensity 
programmatic environment for safety;
4. Readiness to change—despite experiencing serious 
consequences or effects of the substance use disorder and/
or behavioral health problem, does not accept or relate 
the disorder to the severity of the presenting problem. The 
individual is in need of intensive monitoring strategies, 
activities, and processes available in a twenty-four- (24-) hour 
setting;
5. Relapse, continued use, or continued problem 
potential—experiencing an acute psychiatric or substance use 
crisis, marked by intensification of symptoms of the substance 
use or mental disorder such as poor impulse control or drug-
seeking behavior; and
6. Recovery environment—has been living in an 
environment in which supports that might otherwise 
have enabled treatment at a less intensive level of care are 
unavailable, or the family is unable to sustain treatment 
attendance at a less intensive level of care.
(25) Level 3.7 Medically Monitored Inpatient Withdrawal 
Management (Adult Criteria). Services shall be provided by 
medical and nursing professionals who provide medically 
supervised evaluation under a defined set of physician-
approved policies and physician-monitored procedures or 
clinical protocols.
(A) Twenty-four- (24-) hour observation, monitoring, and 
treatment shall be provided by an interdisciplinary team of 
trained staff. 
(B) Individuals remain in this level of care until withdrawal 
signs and symptoms are sufficiently resolved such that they 
can be safely managed at a less intensive level of care, or their 
signs and symptoms of withdrawal have failed to respond to 
treatment and have intensified (as confirmed by higher scores 
on a standardized scoring system).
(C) Services shall include assessment, individual and group 
counseling, group rehabilitative support, peer/family support, 
community support, medication services, crisis intervention, 
and medication services support.
(D) Admissions shall be accepted twenty-four (24) hours per 
day, seven (7) days per week. Staff shall be dressed and awake. 
Services shall be available seven (7) days per week. The week 
starts on the individual’s date of admission.
(E) Interventions shall include, but are not limited to—
1. Random drug screening, as medically necessary, to 
reinforce treatment gains, as appropriate to the individual 
treatment plan;
2. A nursing assessment by an RN at admission (or APRN, 
resident physician, assistant physician, physician assistant in 
the absence of an RN) that is reviewed with a physician; 
3. A physician or AP , PA, APRN, or resident physician 
assessment within twenty-four (24) hours of admission or, 
within twenty-four (24) hours of admission, a physician reviews 
and updates the record of a physical examination that was 
conducted no more than seven (7) days prior to admission. A 
physician must be available to assess the individual thereafter, 
as medically necessary;
4. Daily assessment of the individual’s progress through 
withdrawal management and any treatment changes;
5. For individuals new to the program, it is recommended 
that an assessment be completed within twenty-four (24) hours 
38 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
of admission which substantiates appropriate level of care 
placement; and
6. Referral and assistance for the individual to gain access 
to other needed substance use disorder and/or mental health 
services.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed Aug. 7, 2023, effective Feb. 29, 2024.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.155 Staff Requirements for Comprehensive 
Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Programs 
PURPOSE: This rule describes requirements for caseload size, 
clinical privileging, training, and core competencies for staff 
working in CSTAR programs.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Other Regulations. Each organization that is certified/
deemed certified by the department as a CSTAR program shall 
comply with requirements set forth in Department of Mental 
Health Core Rules for Psychiatric and Substance Use Disorder 
Treatment Programs, 9 CSR 10-7.110 Personnel.
(2) Qualified Staff. The program director shall ensure an 
adequate number of qualified professionals are available to 
provide CSTAR services. 
(A) Caseload size may vary according to the acuity, symptom 
complexity, and needs of individuals served. An individual 
being served or his or her parent/guardian has the right to 
request an independent review by the CSTAR director if they 
believe individual needs are not being met. If the CSTAR 
director deems it necessary, caseload size or other changes may 
be implemented. 
(B) The supervisory-to-staff ratio shall be based on the needs 
of individuals being served, focusing on successful outcomes 
and satisfaction with services and supports as expressed by 
persons served. 
(C) The organization shall have policies and procedures for 
monitoring and adjusting caseload size and ensure there is 
documented, ongoing supervision of clinical and direct service 
staff.
(3) Clinical Privileging. The program shall have and implement 
a process for granting clinical privileges to practitioners to 
deliver CSTAR services.
(A) Each treatment discipline shall define clinical privileges 
based upon identified and accepted criteria approved by the 
governing body. 
(B) The process shall include periodic review of each 
practitioner’s credentials, performance, education, and the 
like, and the renewal or revision of clinical privileges at least 
every two (2) years.
(C) Initial granting and renewal of clinical privileges shall be 
based on—
1. Well-defined written criteria for qualifications, clinical 
performance, and ethical practice related to the goals and 
objectives of the program; 
2. Verified licensure, certification, or registration, if 
applicable; 
3. Verified training and experience; 
4. Recommendations from the agency’s program, 
department service, or all of these, in which the practitioner 
will be or has been providing service; 
5. Evidence of current competence; 
6. Evidence of health status related to the practitioner’s 
ability to discharge his/her responsibility, if indicated; and 
7. A statement signed by the practitioner that he/she has 
read and agrees to be bound by the policies and procedures 
established by the provider and governing body.
(D) Renewal or revision of clinical privileges shall also be 
based on—
1. Relevant findings from the CSTAR program’s quality 
assurance activities; and 
2. The practitioner’s adherence to the policies and 
procedures established by the CSTAR program and its governing 
body. 
(E) As part of the privileging process, the CSTAR program 
shall establish procedures to—
1. Afford a practitioner an opportunity to be heard, upon 
request, when denial, curtailment, or revocation of clinical 
privileges is planned; 
2. Grant temporary privileges on a time-limited basis; and 
3. Ensure that non-privileged staff receive close and 
documented supervision from privileged practitioners until 
training and experience are adequate to meet privilege 
requirements.
(4) Training and Staff Competencies. Direct care staff and 
staff providing supervision to direct care staff shall complete 
training in the service competency areas listed below. 
(A) Competent staff shall—
1. Operate from person-centered, person-driven, recovery-
oriented, and stage-wise service delivery approaches that 
promote health and wellness; 
2. Develop cultural competence that results in the ability 
to understand, communicate with, and effectively interact 
with people across cultures;
3. Deliver services according to key service functions that 
are evidence-based and best practices;
4. Practice in a manner that demonstrates respect and 
understanding of the unique needs of persons served;
5. Use effective strategies for engagement, re-engagement, 
relationship-building, and communication; and
6. Be knowledgeable of mandated reporting requirements 
for abuse and neglect of children and reporting requirements 
related to abuse, neglect, or financial exploitation of senior 
citizens and individuals who are disabled.
(B) Staff providing supervision to community support 
specialists must have additional training or experience in order 
to be knowledgeable in the supervision competency areas 
listed below. Competent supervisors— 
1. Practice in a manner that demonstrates use of 
management strategies that focus on individual outcomes, care 
coordination, collaboration, and communication with other 
service providers both within and external to the organization; 
2. Ensure new and existing staff are competent by providing 
training/supervision, guidance and feedback, field mentoring, 
and oversight of services to individuals served by the team; 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 39
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
3. Ensure processes exist for tracking and review of data 
such as missed appointments, hospitalization and follow-up 
care, crisis responsiveness and follow-up, timeliness and quality 
of documentation, and need for outreach and engagement; 
and
4. Monitor and review services, interventions, and contacts 
with individuals served to ensure services are implemented 
according to individualized treatment plans or crisis prevention 
plans, evaluate the effectiveness and appropriateness of 
services in achieving recovery/resiliency outcomes in areas 
such as housing, employment, education, leisure activities, 
and family, peer, and social relationships.
(C) New staff shall job shadow their supervisor and/or 
experienced staff in a position equivalent to their qualifications 
and skill level.
(D) Staff shall receive ongoing and regular clinical supervision. 
(E) A written plan shall be developed indicating how 
competencies will be measured and ensured for all staff 
providing direct services and staff providing supervision 
including, but not limited to, some combination of the 
following: 
1. Testing;
2. Observation/field supervision;
3. Clinical supervision/case discussion;
4. Quality review of case documentation;
5. Use of relevant findings from quality assurance activities;
6. Satisfaction with services as conveyed by individuals 
served and family members/natural supports;
7. Stakeholder/interagency satisfaction with services; and
8. Treatment outcomes for individuals and family 
members/natural supports.
(F) Demonstrated competency must be documented within 
the first six (6) months of employment with the CSTAR program.
(G) Staff shall participate in at least thirty-six (36) clock 
hours of relevant training during any two (2) year period. 
A minimum of twelve (12) clock hours of training must be 
completed annually.
(H) CSTAR programs providing services in accordance 
with The ASAM Criteria shall ensure the following training 
requirements are met:
1. All direct care staff are trained on utilization of The ASAM 
Criteria: Treatment Criteria for Addictive, Substance-Related, and 
Co-Occurring Conditions, 2013, 3rd edition, hereby incorporated 
by reference and made a part of this rule, developed by and 
available from the American Society of Addiction Medicine 
(ASAM), Inc., 11400 Rockville Pike, Suite 200, Rockville, MD 
20852, (301) 656-3920. This rule does not incorporate any 
subsequent amendments or additions to this publication. 
Training must be provided by an entity with permission from 
ASAM to deliver the training;
2. All direct care staff participate in fifty (50) hours of 
annual training including, but not limited to—
A. Treatment of co-occurring disorders; 
B. Suicide prevention (best-practice or evidence-based), 
as specified in the organization’s Zero Suicide Plan; 
C. Trauma-informed care, must align with the agency’s 
trauma-informed assessment and implementation plan;
3. Annual training applies to the requirement specified in 
subsection (4)(G) of this rule; and
4. Ongoing training based on staff roles and 
responsibilities including, but not limited to— 
A. Peer support, provided by the Missouri Credentialing 
Board;
B. Family support, provided by the Missouri 
Credentialing Board;
C. Smoking cessation, approved by the department; and
D. The ASAM Criteria advanced training (must be 
provided by an entity with permission from ASAM to deliver 
the training).
(I) Documentation of all orientation, training, job 
shadowing, and supervision activities must be maintained and 
available for review by department staff or other authorized 
representatives. 
(J) Documentation of training must include the topic, date(s) 
and length, skills targeted/objective of skill, certification/
continuing education units (as applicable), location, and 
name, title, and credentials of instructor(s).
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed May 28, 2021, effective Dec. 30, 2021. Amended: 
Filed Aug. 7, 2023, effective Feb. 29, 2024. 
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.157 Community Support in Comprehensive 
Substance Treatment and Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Programs 
PURPOSE: This rule establishes the requirements for community 
support services provided in CSTAR programs.
(1) Service Delivery. The CSTAR program shall establish an 
identifiable unit which coordinates and provides community 
support services for children, youth, families, and/or adults. 
The unit shall be organized to perform functions within 
the scope of community support services, including critical 
interventions.
(2) Policies and Procedures. The CSTAR program shall implement 
policies and procedures to provide adequate, appropriate, and 
effective community support services to individuals. Policies 
and procedures shall include: 
(A) A mechanism to assure the provision of all needed 
substance use disorder treatment services, as indicated in the 
individual’s current treatment plan; 
(B) A mechanism to assure the provision of all needed 
services in addition to those provided by the CSTAR program, 
as indicated in the individual’s current treatment plan;
(C) A method for assigning individuals to a community 
support specialist or team, including:
1. Procedures to assure each individual is afforded an 
opportunity to express preferences in the selection of a 
community support specialist; and
2. A mechanism to assure all individuals admitted who 
need community support are assigned to an active caseload of 
a community support specialist;
(D) A process to assure an effective transfer and follow-up 
of an individual between or among community support 
specialists or community support teams. Staff shall document 
the rationale for the transfer, the individual’s acceptance, and 
follow-up by the community support specialist in the clinical 
record;
(E) A process for determining overall increase or decrease 
in the level of functioning for individuals served through 
ongoing performance improvement activities; 
(F) A method to assure staff providing community support 
services in the CSTAR program have the opportunity to 
participate and contribute to the agency’s performance 
improvement process;
40 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
(G) Development of suitable revisions to treatment goal(s) as 
indicated by growth or deterioration of individual functioning 
and/or condition; and
(H) Program and aggregate evaluation activities to determine 
effectiveness of services delivered. 
(3) Staff Requirements. The CSTAR program shall ensure an 
adequate number of appropriately qualified staff are available 
to provide community support services and functions. 
(A) Qualified staff includes:
1. A qualified addiction professional (QAP) as defined in 9 
CSR 10-7.140;
2. A qualified mental health professional (QMHP) as 
defined in 9 CSR 10-7.140;
3. An individual with a bachelor’s degree in a human 
services field which includes social work, psychology, 
nursing, education, criminal justice, recreational therapy, 
human development and family studies, counseling, child 
development, gerontology, sociology, human services, 
behavioral science, and rehabilitation counseling;
4. An individual with any four (4) year combination of 
higher education and qualifying experience;
5. An individual with any four (4) year degree and two (2) 
years of qualifying experience;
6. An individual with an Associate of Applied Science 
in Behavioral Health Support degree from an approved 
institution; or
7. An individual with four (4) years of qualifying experience.
(B) Qualifying experience must include delivery of services 
to individuals with mental illness, substance use disorders, 
or developmental disabilities. Experience must include some 
combination of the following:
1. Providing one-on-one or group services with a 
rehabilitation/habilitation and recovery/resiliency focus;
2. Teaching and modeling for individuals how to cope and 
manage psychiatric, developmental, or substance use disorder 
issues while encouraging the use of natural resources;
3. Supporting individuals in their efforts to find and 
maintain employment and/or to function appropriately in 
family, school, and community settings; and
4. Assisting individuals to achieve the goals and objectives 
in their individual treatment plan.
(C) It is the responsibility of the CSTAR program to document 
how staff meet the qualifications based on the criteria in 
subsections (3)(A) and (3)(B) of this rule.
(D) Community support specialists must also complete 
orientation and training required by the department.
(E) Community support specialists must be supervised by—
1. A qualified addiction professional (QAP); 
2. A qualified mental health professional (QMHP); 
3. Staff possessing a Master’s degree in a behavioral health 
or related field who has completed a practicum or has one (1) 
year of experience in a behavioral health field; or
4. Staff who meet the qualifications of a community 
support specialist with at least three (3) years of population-
specific experience providing community support services 
in accordance with the key service functions specified in 
paragraphs (5)(B)1. to 8. of this rule.
(F) Community support supervisors who are not a QAP or 
QMHP must be supervised by a QAP or QMHP .
(4) Monitoring. To the extent the individual is able to participate, 
periodic observation and monitoring shall take place in his/
her home or other community location as stipulated in the 
individual treatment plan.
(A) Observation and monitoring shall be documented 
including, but not limited to:
1. Assessment of the individual’s mental health status and/
or substance use;
2. Safety and home care; and
3. Functional abilities and skill transference related to 
activities of daily living including educating, demonstrating, 
observing, and practicing skills in his/her environment.
(5) Service Delivery. Community support is a comprehensive 
service designed to reduce the individual’s disability resulting 
from a mental illness, emotional disorder, and/or substance 
use disorder and restore functional skills of daily living, 
principally by developing natural supports and solution-
oriented interventions intended to achieve recovery/resiliency 
as identified in the goals and/or objectives in the individual 
treatment plan. 
(A) This service may be provided to the individual’s family/
natural supports when such services are for the direct benefit of 
the individual served, in accordance with the needs and goals 
identified in the treatment plan, to assist in the individual’s 
recovery/resiliency. Most contact occurs in community 
locations where the individual lives, works, attends school, 
and/or socializes. 
(B) Key service functions of community support shall include, 
but are not limited to:
1. Developing recovery goals and identifying needs, 
strengths, skills, resources, and supports and teaching 
individuals how to use them to support recovery, identifying 
barriers to recovery, and assisting individuals in the 
development and implementation of plans to overcome them;
2. Helping individuals restore skills and resources 
negatively impacted by their substance use disorder and/or 
co-occurring mental illness or emotional disorder including, 
but not limited to:
A. Seeking or successfully maintaining employment or 
volunteering including, but not limited to, communication, 
personal hygiene and dress, time management, capacity 
to follow directions, planning transportation, managing 
symptoms/cravings, learning appropriate work habits, and 
identifying behaviors that interfere with work performance; 
B. Maintaining success in school including, but not 
limited to, communication with teachers, personal hygiene and 
dress, age appropriate time management, capacity to follow 
directions and carry out school assignments, appropriate study 
habits, and identifying and addressing behaviors that interfere 
with school performance; and
C. Obtaining and maintaining housing in the least 
restrictive setting including, but not limited to, issues related 
to nutrition, meal preparation, and personal responsibility;
3. Supporting and assisting individuals in a crisis to access 
needed treatment services to resolve the crisis;
4. Continuing recovery planning and discharge planning 
with individuals who are hospitalized for a medical or 
behavioral health condition;
5. Assisting individuals, other natural supports, and 
referral sources in identifying risk factors related to relapse 
in mental illness and/or substance use disorders, developing 
strategies to prevent relapse, and advising and otherwise 
assisting individuals in implementing those strategies; 
6. Promoting the development of positive support systems 
by providing information to family members/natural supports, 
as appropriate, regarding mental illness, emotional disorders, 
and/or substance use disorders and ways they can be of support 
to their family member’s recovery. Such activities must be 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 41
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
directed toward the primary well-being and benefit of the 
individual served;
7. Developing and advising individuals on implementing 
lifestyle changes needed to cope with the side effects of 
psychotropic medications and/or to promote recovery/
resiliency from the disabilities, negative symptoms, and/or 
functional deficits associated with a mental illness, emotional 
disorder, and/or substance use disorder; and
8. Advising individuals on maintaining a healthy lifestyle 
including, but not limited to, recognizing the physical and 
psychological signs of stress, creating a self-defined daily 
routine that includes adequate sleep and rest, walking or 
exercise and appropriate levels of activity and productivity, 
involvement in creative or structured activities that counteract 
negative stress responses, learning to assume personal 
responsibility and care for minor illnesses, and knowing when 
professional medical attention is needed.
(6) Documentation. Documentation must be maintained in the 
individual record for each community support session, service, 
or activity in accordance with 9 CSR 10-7.030(13). The following 
must also be documented:
(A) Phone contacts; and/or 
(B) Pertinent/significant information reported by family 
members/natural supports regarding a change in the 
individual’s condition and/or an unusual or unexpected 
occurrence in his/her life.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed May 28, 2021, effective Dec. 30, 2021.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.160 Institutional Treatment Centers
(Rescinded June 30, 2024)
AUTHORITY: sections 313.842, 630.050, and 630.655, RSMo 2016. 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: 
Filed March 20, 2019, effective Oct. 30, 2019. Rescinded: Filed Nov. 
30, 2023, effective June 30, 2024.
9 CSR 30-3.190 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and 
Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Program for Women and Children 
PURPOSE: This rule establishes requirements for CSTAR programs 
serving women and children.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Treatment Philosophy and Guiding Principles. Women and 
children’s CSTAR programs shall demonstrate through policy 
and practice that women’s substance use disorders differ from 
men’s, both in their etiology and the services and supports 
needed for recovery. 
(A) Women and children’s CSTAR programs shall ensure—
1. Emotional and physical safety of the women and 
children served takes precedence over other considerations in 
the delivery of services;
2. Women-only therapeutic environments are available;
3. Trauma-sensitive services and supports to increase 
women’s access to care, engagement, and retention in 
treatment are provided or arranged, such as community 
support, transportation, and child care;
4. Women-specific service needs and topic areas are 
addressed in treatment and through support services; and
5. Multiple modalities are offered to meet the needs of 
women such as group and individual counseling, community 
support, peer support, and opportunities for women to be in 
treatment with their children.
(B) Staff shall possess the knowledge and expertise to engage 
women with histories of trauma, recognize the presence of 
trauma symptoms, understand the role of trauma in the lives of 
women seeking services, and conduct themselves in ways that 
are not retraumatizing to those being served. The following 
trauma-informed principles shall be integrated into the 
program’s service delivery practices: 
1. Safety—ensuring physical and emotional safety for 
individuals and staff;
2. Trustworthiness—maximizing trustworthiness through 
task clarity, consistency, and maintaining appropriate 
interpersonal boundaries;
3. Choice—maximizing the experience of developmentally 
appropriate choice and control;
4. Collaboration—maximizing collaboration and sharing 
of power between individuals and staff; and
5. Empowerment—building on individuals’ capacities, 
encouraging them to have a voice and mastery of life, and 
prioritizing power and growth. 
(C) All women shall receive or have trauma-informed, 
evidence-based services available and shall not be required to 
disclose their trauma history in order to receive those services. 
Women’s treatment shall incorporate universal, trauma-
informed principles into every service, regardless of whether 
trauma is disclosed. 
(D) The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services 
Administration (SAMHSA), Treatment Improvement Protocol 
51, Substance Abuse Treatment: Addressing the Specific Needs of 
Women, 2015, hereby incorporated by reference and made a 
part of this rule, shall serve as a guide for the program’s service 
delivery practices. This document is published by and available 
from SAMHSA, 1 Choke Cherry Road, Rockville, Maryland 20857, 
(877) 726-4727, www.samhsa.gov. This rule does not incorporate 
any subsequent amendments or additions to this publication. 
(2) Eligibility Criteria and Program Structure. The program shall 
provide treatment services and other supports solely to women 
and their children. Services shall be based on individual and 
family needs, in accordance with admission and eligibility 
criteria for CSTAR. 
(A) Priority admission shall be for women who are— 
1. Pregnant and inject drugs; 
2. Pregnant;
3. Postpartum (up to one (1) year after delivery); 
4. Have children in their care and custody, including those 
at risk of losing custody or attempting to regain custody of 
their children;
5. Applicants or recipients of Temporary Assistance for 
Needy Families referred by the Department of Social Services, 
Family Support Division; and 
42 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
6. Other populations specified by the department. 
(B) Women who meet priority criteria shall be immediately 
admitted to the CSTAR program and receive appropriate 
services. 
1. If the program is unable to provide immediate admission, 
staff shall facilitate referral to another women and children’s 
CSTAR program that can provide immediate admission. 
2. If immediate admission with an alternative women and 
children’s CSTAR program is not available for a woman who is 
pregnant, program staff shall contact designated department 
staff to obtain assistance in facilitating arrangements for 
immediate admission with another program.
3. Women shall not be denied admission based solely on 
medication prescribed and monitored by a licensed physician, 
physician assistant, assistant physician, or advanced practice 
registered nurse (APRN) for an opioid disorder or other physical 
or behavioral health disorder. 
(C) Adolescents who meet priority criteria shall be admitted 
if, in the staff’s clinical judgment, the adolescent can 
appropriately participate in and benefit from the services and 
milieu offered. Programs shall have policies and procedures for 
serving adults and adolescents in the same environment. 
(D) Culturally competent services shall be provided in the 
context of a family-centered and family-focused treatment 
model. Members of the treatment team shall be responsible for 
adapting to the needs of the mother and her family. An array 
of services shall be available to—
1. Assist families in functioning as a unit by establishing 
and maintaining a schedule, structure, regular habits, and 
healthy routines;
2. Allow for an integrated family plan that builds coherence 
and prioritizes the needs of individual family members; 
3. Accommodate children who accompany their mother, 
in accordance with the mother’s wishes;
4. Address substance use, mental, physical and emotional 
health, developmental, social, economic, and environmental 
needs of women and their families;
5. Allow women to define their families and focus on 
healthy relationships between parents, children, and others 
identified by the mother;
6. Address evolving and changing family engagement, 
recognizing everyone may not participate at the same time, 
stay the same length of time, or have the same motivations; 
and
7. Assist women and their families in accessing other 
services and supports in the community.
(E) Family oriented living arrangements, indoor recreational 
space for children and families, and safe, protected outdoor 
recreational and leisure space shall be available.
(F) Women and their children shall have access to age-
appropriate physical healthcare, including obstetric and 
pediatric care. 
(3) Gender-Responsive Services. The program shall address 
therapeutic issues relevant to women and their specific needs, 
as identified in individual treatment plans. 
(A) Staff shall understand and recognize the distinctive 
characteristics and biopsychosocial issues associated with 
women in general, and specifically women who have substance 
use disorders, to provide effective treatment. 
(B) Services shall be culturally sensitive and recognize the 
unique characteristics of women’s initiation of substance 
use, effects of use, histories of trauma, co-occurring mental, 
developmental, and physical health disorders, and other 
treatment issues specific to women.
(C) Services shall be designed to assist women in maintaining 
their recovery and resiliency, such as—
1. Parenting and child development;
2. Life skills;
3. Family programs;
4. Facilitation of supervised parent-child bonding;
5. Educational remediation and support;
6. Employment readiness services;
7. Linkages with legal and child welfare systems, including 
reunification with children if applicable;
8. Housing support efforts and referrals;
9. Co-occurring disorder services, including access to 
psychological and pharmacological treatments for mental 
health disorders;
10. Education and linkage to eating disorder and nutrition 
services;
11. Medication services, including access to approved 
medication to treat substance use disorders for women who 
are pregnant; and
12. Recovery support and community support services that 
address long-term recovery needs such as domestic violence 
services, career counseling, legal services, and transportation 
services.
(4) Child Care. The program shall ensure child care is not a 
barrier to engagement in services or retention in treatment 
by ensuring coordination or facilitation of child care when the 
mother is participating in services. 
(A) Programs offering on-site child care shall obtain licensure 
as a child care center as specified in 5 CSR 25-500. 
(B) On-site child care shall— 
1. Be designed to meet the developmental needs of the 
various age groups served and address cultural and other 
identified needs;
2. Provide each child with a variety of easily accessible, 
developmentally appropriate learning and play materials;
3. Provide for a balance between free play and organized 
activities, between individual play and sharing experiences 
among children, and promote individual contact between staff 
and each child;
4. Provide reasonable regularity of age-appropriate 
activities with allowance for a variety of special events and 
time for children to be outdoors daily, weather permitting;
5. Be culturally responsive, nonjudgmental, trauma 
sensitive, and respectful;
6. Take responsible precautions to ensure a safe, welcoming, 
and sanitary environment appropriate for children;
7. Ensure no weapons are brought on to the premises; 
8. Provide privacy (such as use of bathroom, sleeping 
arrangements) for opposite sex children transitioning into 
school and for any children demonstrating a need for privacy; 
and
9. Accommodate the needs of children with disabilities 
in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act as 
amended (ADAAA) or refer to another provider if the child’s 
needs are identified to be beyond the scope of the program. 
The ADAAA, effective January 1, 2009, is hereby incorporated by 
reference and made a part of this rule and is available from the 
U.S. Department of Justice, 950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Civil 
Rights Division, Disability Rights Section-NYA, Washington, DC 
20530, (800) 514-0301 voice, (800) 514-0383 TTY. This rule does 
not incorporate any subsequent amendments or additions to 
this publication.
(C) Child care may be arranged through a contractual 
agreement with a local, licensed child care center. Contracts 
shall comply with 9 CSR 10-7.090(6). 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 43
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
(D) Child care will not be funded by the department for 
children who are over fourteen (14) years of age, unless specific 
authorization has been granted by department staff. 
(5) Supervision of Children. The program shall ensure children 
in child care are supervised in accordance with Department 
of Elementary and Secondary Education staff/child ratios as 
specified in 5 CSR 25-500.
(A) The parent/guardian shall be responsible for providing 
supervision when the child is not attending child care or 
participating in other scheduled program activities. 
(B) Program staff shall assist the parent in providing age-
appropriate activities, training, and guidance.
(6) Education for Children. The program shall assist the parent/
guardian as necessary to ensure educational opportunities for 
school-age children in accordance with the requirements of 
the Department of Elementary and Secondary Education. 
(7) Assessing Children’s Needs and Documenting Services. 
Program staff shall inform women of the services available for 
children and educate them about involving their children in 
treatment while respecting the mother’s wishes. 
(A) When the mother chooses to involve her children in 
treatment, a trained staff member shall complete an initial 
screening utilizing an age-appropriate, validated instrument 
to determine specific service needs beyond child care and 
community support. The screening shall include an interview 
with at least one (1) parent and the child, whenever appropriate. 
(B) If the need for a clinical assessment is indicated by 
the screening, a qualified staff member shall complete an 
assessment utilizing an age-appropriate, validated instrument. 
The assessment must be completed prior to delivery of services 
beyond child care and community support. 
(C) An individual plan shall be developed based on the needs 
of the mother and child, with the results of the assessment 
serving as a guide. The child’s consent for treatment must be 
signed by the legal guardian. 
(D) Services provided for children, including child care 
and community support, shall be documented in a separate 
clinical record for the child. The record shall include the child’s 
developmental, physical, emotional, social, educational, and 
family background and current status. 
(8) Services for Children. The program shall ensure trauma-
informed services are available to address therapeutic issues 
relevant to children, based on the needs of individuals being 
served at those locations. 
(A) Developmentally appropriate activities and services shall 
be offered to meet the social, emotional, and behavioral needs 
of children to—
1. Build self-esteem and self-awareness; 
2. Learn to identify and express feelings; 
3. Build positive family relationships; 
4. Learn healthy social engagement, peer relationships, 
social pressure skills, and teamwork;
5. Develop decision-making skills; 
6. Learn self-management (impulse control, stress 
management, and goal-setting);
7. Understand substance use disorders and its effects on 
the family; 
8. Learn and practice nonviolent ways to resolve conflict; 
9. Learn safety practices such as personal space, 
boundaries, and personal safety;
10. Address developmental needs; and
11. Provide education on preventing alcohol, tobacco, and 
other drug use. 
(B) Services for children shall address the issues and needs 
identified by the mother and her children, as documented 
in the individual plan, utilizing structured and unstructured 
therapeutic activity. 
(C) Specialized services shall be provided including, but 
not limited to, children with high risk of sexual abuse, sexual 
acting-out behaviors, suicide risk, and the service needs of 
infants, toddlers, and preschoolers. 
(D) Services for children from birth to three (3) years of age 
shall include, at a minimum, developmentally appropriate 
parent-child interactive bonding activities and developmentally 
appropriate structured activities that promote and nurture the 
growth and well-being of the infant. 
(9) Qualified and Competent Staff. The program shall maintain 
a core workforce (employed or contracted) that is appropriately 
qualified and determined to be competent to adequately 
address the needs of women and children and deliver the 
behavioral health services the program is certified to provide. 
(A) The program shall document that staff providing services 
for women and/or children have training in the following 
areas:
1. Trauma knowledge, trauma-informed treatment, 
identification of signs and symptoms of domestic violence, 
spousal or partner abuse, and child abuse and neglect, with 
special emphasis on failure to thrive and sexual abuse of 
children;
2. Child development and age-appropriate behaviors;
3. Parenting attachment styles and skills appropriate to 
infants, toddlers, preschool, and school-age children; and
4. The impact of substance use and substance use disorders 
on parenting and family units.
(B) The program shall document that staff working with 
children have ongoing training and demonstrate job-
appropriate functional comprehension in the following areas:
1. The impact of prenatal drug and alcohol exposure on 
child development;
2. The effect of substance use disorders on parenting 
children and families;
3. Trauma knowledge, trauma’s impact on child brain 
development, and long-term impact of adverse childhood 
experiences;
4. Parenting attachment styles and skills appropriate to 
infants, toddlers, preschool, and school-age children;
5. Appropriate play activities according to developmental 
stage;
6. Common children’s behavioral and developmental 
problems;
7. Recognition of sexual acting-out behavior; and
8. The substance use disorder recovery process, especially 
as it relates to family units.
(10) Health Promotion. The program shall maintain a safe, 
healthy environment that is responsive to the physical, 
behavioral, and emotional health needs of women and 
children. 
(A) A full-time licensed nurse shall be accessible to women 
and children to provide trauma-informed medical and other 
consultative services necessary to monitor and manage health 
issues. 
1. Services performed by a licensed practical nurse (LPN) 
must fall within their scope of practice and shall be supervised 
by a licensed physician (including psychiatrist), licensed 
44 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
physician assistant, licensed assistant physician, APRN, or 
registered nurse (RN). 
(B) Key service functions of the nurse(s) shall include, but are 
not limited to—
1. Obtaining initial medical histories and vital signs of 
individuals admitted to the program;
2. Monitoring general health needs and meeting with 
individuals about medical concerns;
3. Providing disease prevention, risk reduction, and 
reproductive health education;
4. Reviewing medication requirements and educating 
individuals about the benefits of taking medications as 
prescribed and monitoring medication compliance; and
5. Monitoring lab levels, including consultation with the 
individual served, her physician, and the treatment team.
(C) The program shall employ staff in sufficient numbers and 
with appropriate training to respond to emergency situations 
and provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) when 
necessary. 
1. At least one (1) staff member who has current training in 
First Aid and CPR for infants, children, and adults shall be on 
duty seven (7) days per week, twenty-four (24) hours per day. 
2. Staff must maintain current First Aid and CPR 
certification for healthcare providers through training that 
includes hands-on practice and in-person skills assessment. 
Online-only training is not acceptable. 
(D) The program shall demonstrate effective working 
relationship(s) with a licensed physician, hospital, and/or 
clinic to provide access to emergency services and/or ongoing 
medical care for women, including pregnant and postpartum 
women, and their children. 
(E) The program shall ensure an evaluation of medical 
need for each woman and child and shall ensure that each 
woman and child is medically stable to safely and adequately 
participate in services. For women, the evaluation of medical 
need shall include: 
1. Current physical status, including vital signs; and 
2. Symptoms of intoxication, impairment, or withdrawal. 
(F) The program shall ensure that recommendations related 
to an individual’s behavioral or physical health from a licensed 
physician (including psychiatrist), licensed physician assistant, 
licensed assistant physician, or APRN are encouraged and 
coordinated regularly by their primary health care provider. 
(G) Health-related services may include but are not limited 
to—
1. Nutritional counseling;
2. Education about reproductive health;
3. Wellness programs;
4. Education on sleep and dental hygiene;
5. Education about trauma and long-term physical health 
risks and conditions;
6. Education about sexually transmitted infections and 
infectious diseases, such as viral hepatitis and HIV/AIDS; and
7. Preventive healthcare education.
(H) If a specialized program for women and children 
provides withdrawal management/detoxification services, the 
program shall comply with applicable standards under 9 CSR 
30-3.120. A specialized program for women and children shall 
not be required to accept applications for ninety-six- (96-) hour 
civil detention of intoxicated persons due to the presence of 
children within the program.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Rescinded 
and readopted: Filed Aug. 17, 2022, effective March 30, 2023.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.192 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and 
Rehabilitation (CSTAR) Program for Adolescents
PURPOSE: This rule establishes requirements for certified/deemed 
certified CSTAR programs for adolescents. 
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Other Regulations. Adolescent CSTAR programs shall comply 
with 9 CSR 10-7 Core Rules for Psychiatric and Substance Use 
Disorder Treatment Programs, 9 CSR 10-5 General Program 
Procedures, and 9 CSR 30-3 Substance Use Disorder Prevention 
and Treatment Programs, as applicable.
(2) Age Criteria. The program shall provide treatment, 
rehabilitation, and other services solely to individuals age nine 
through seventeen (9-17) and their family members/natural 
supports, as appropriate. Services in a residential setting shall 
be available for individuals age twelve through seventeen (12-
17).
(A) Exceptions to the age requirements may be authorized 
through the department’s clinical review process.
(3) Registered Sex Offenders and Youth Identified on the 
Juvenile County Registry. Prior to admission, program staff 
shall verify whether the individual is registered as a juvenile 
sex offender in the county in which they reside pursuant to 
section 211.425, RSMo, or is identified as an offender on the 
Missouri State Highway Patrol (MSHP) sex offender registry 
pursuant to sections 589.400-589.425, RSMo.
(A) If the individual is an identified juvenile sex offender 
on the juvenile county sex offender registry, admission to the 
CSTAR program can be considered.
(B) If the individual is an identified offender on the MSHP sex 
offender registry, admission to the CSTAR program shall not be 
made.
(C) All results of verification with the county juvenile sex 
offender registry or MSHP sex offender registry, as well as 
decisions related to program admission, shall be documented 
and a record of communication to the individual’s parent/
guardian and referral source(s), as applicable, shall be 
maintained by the program.
1. If the parent/guardian disagrees with a decision of 
ineligibility for admission, they shall be informed of the 
grievance process of the CSTAR program. 
(D) If the individual is not admitted to the program within 
sixty (60) days after program staff have conducted verification 
of the county juvenile sex offender registry, staff are responsible 
for rechecking the registry prior to admission. Rechecking the 
registry is always an option and should be completed any time 
there is a concern, even when the sixty (60) days have not yet 
passed. 
(E) The MSHP registry is updated in real time and should be 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 45
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
checked any time the sixty (60) days has passed. 
(4) Eligibility Criteria and Level of Care. The program shall 
comply with 9 CSR 30-3.151 Eligibility Determination, 
Assessment, and Treatment Planning in CSTAR Programs, to 
ensure individuals are placed in the appropriate level of care 
and receive individualized services. 
(5) Treatment Principles and Therapeutic Issues Relevant to 
Adolescents. The program shall address therapeutic issues 
relevant to adolescents and shall address their specific needs. 
The following principles and methods shall be reflected in 
services delivered to adolescents: 
(A) Adolescents are effectively treated in therapeutic 
environments that are programmatically and physically 
separate from treatment services for adults;
(B) Services shall maintain individuals in the family and 
community setting, as clinically appropriate;
(C) Services shall involve parents/guardian and other family 
members/natural supports in the treatment and recovery 
process, when clinically appropriate. If the caregivers are not 
available, program staff shall assist in developing alternate 
social and family/natural support systems for the adolescent;
(D) Services to family members/natural supports shall be 
directed to understanding and supporting the adolescent’s 
recovery and resiliency, identifying and intervening with 
any behavioral health needs of their caregiver(s), improving 
parenting skills and communication skills within the family 
or with other caregivers/natural supports, and facilitating 
improved family function;
(E) A cooperative team approach shall be utilized in order to 
provide a consistent therapeutic environment;
(F) Effectively treating substance use disorders in adolescents 
requires identifying and treating other co-occurring conditions 
they may have;
(G) Services shall be coordinated with the juvenile justice 
system, children’s services, and other community agencies to 
ensure the needs of individuals are met;
(H) Staff shall possess the knowledge and expertise to engage 
adolescents with histories of trauma, recognize the presence of 
trauma symptoms, understand the role of trauma in the lives 
of adolescents, and conduct themselves in ways that are not 
retraumatizing to those being served; 
(I) Issues such as violence, child abuse, and risk of suicide 
shall be identified and addressed; 
(J) Communicable disease counseling and testing for sexually 
transmitted infections, such as HIV and hepatitis B and C, are 
important aspects of adolescent treatment (refer to 9 CSR 
30-3.110(C) for service delivery requirements). Testing may 
be waived if parent/guardian consent is not obtained and is 
documented, as applicable to the individual served; and
(K) Service delivery shall address recovery/resiliency skill 
development including, but not limited to—
1. Substance use prevention and education;
2. Assertiveness training; 
3. Conflict resolution skills; 
4. Emotional regulation; 
5. Social network development; 
6. Leisure time management; 
7. Problem-solving skills; 
8. Adolescent development; 
9. Sexual health; and 
10. Trauma.
(6) Treatment Setting. Adolescents may receive substance use 
disorder treatment services in a variety of settings including 
but not limited to the following: 
(A) Home of the parent/guardian; 
(B) Foster home; 
(C) Residential settings operated by the CSTAR program; 
(D) Juvenile detention (services are not reimbursable by 
Medicaid); 
(E) Other supervised living arrangements; 
(F) Independent living; and
(G) School.
(7) Family Involvement. Each adolescent’s living arrangement 
and family situation shall be reviewed by program staff in 
order to identify needs and to develop treatment goals and 
recovery supports for the adolescent and their family members 
and/or other natural supports. 
(A) This review shall be conducted by a licensed mental 
health professional (LMHP) or a qualified addiction professional 
(QAP) or qualified mental health professional (QMHP) who is 
under the supervision of an LMHP .
(B) Refusal by the caregiver for an in-home visit shall not 
constitute automatic denial of treatment services for the 
individual.
(C) The program shall actively involve family members/nat-
ural supports in the treatment process including educational 
and counseling sessions and transfer and discharge planning, 
unless contraindicated for legal or clinical reasons which are 
documented in the individual record. Efforts to involve family 
members/natural supports, and any reasons for lack of partici -
pation, shall be included in documentation.
(D) Staff shall orient the parent or legal guardian regarding— 
1. Treatment philosophy and design; 
2. Discipline and any emergency safety interventions used 
by the program; 
3. Availability of staff to conduct home-based treatment 
and community support services; 
4. Emergency medical procedures; and 
5. Expectations about ongoing participation by family 
members/natural supports. 
(8) Educational and Vocational Opportunities. The program 
shall have established partnerships with local school district(s) 
to ensure individuals’ academic and vocational needs are met 
in accordance with their Individual Education Program (IEP) 
and/or 504 Plan. 
(A) For youth enrolled in American Society of Addiction 
Medicine (ASAM) Level 1, Level 2.1, or Level 2.5, certain 
CSTAR services may be provided within the school setting. An 
agreement for the provision of such services must be arranged 
by the CSTAR provider and their local school district(s). The 
ASAM Criteria: Treatment Criteria for Addictive, Substance-
Related, and Co-Occurring Conditions, 3rd Edition, 2013, is 
hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this rule 
as published by and available from The American Society of 
Addiction Medicine, 11400 Rockville Pike, Suite 200, Rockville, 
MD 20852, (301) 656-3920. This rule does not incorporate any 
subsequent amendments or additions to this publication.
(B) CSTAR services delivered in the school setting are limited 
to three (3) hours, twelve (12) units per week total. 
(C) CSTAR services that may be delivered in school settings 
are limited to the following:
1. Comprehensive assessment;
2. Community support;
3. Individual counseling;
4. Group counseling;
46 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
5. Group rehabilitative support;
6. HIV pre-testing and post-testing counseling;
7. Medication services support; 
8. Family therapy/conference; and
9. Peer support.
(9) Privilege System. Any system used by the program that 
encourages/rewards appropriate behaviors or restricts 
privileges in response to an individual exhibiting impermissible 
behaviors must be trauma sensitive, defined in writing, 
stated in behavioral terms to the extent possible, and applied 
consistently to all individuals. 
(10) Safety and Health. The program shall maintain a safe, 
healthy environment which is responsive to the behavioral and 
physical health needs of adolescents. 
(A) Adolescents shall be prohibited from using tobacco or 
products containing nicotine on the premises, grounds, and 
any off-site program functions with the exception of prescribed 
nicotine replacement therapies with parent/guardian consent. 
(B) Physical examinations shall be completed as specified in 
9 CSR 30-3.152. 
(C) The program shall demonstrate effective collaborative 
working relationship(s) with local healthcare providers, 
hospital(s), urgent care clinic(s), and other community resources 
to provide physical health care for adolescents, as needed. 
(11) Staff Training and Supervision. The program shall comply 
with The ASAM Minimum Staffing Standards for Department 
of Mental Health, September 2022, hereby incorporated by 
reference and made a part of this rule, developed by and 
available from the Department of Mental Health, 1706 E. 
Elm St., PO Box 687, Jefferson City MO 65101, (573) 751-4942, 
https://dmh.mo.gov/media/pdf/dbh-asam-minimum-staffing-
requirements. This rule does not incorporate any subsequent 
amendments or additions to this publication.
(12) Structured Activities. In addition to treatment services, 
individuals receiving services in a residential level of care shall 
participate in structured activities during daytime and evening 
hours such as academic education, completing assignments, 
self-help groups, family visits, and positive leisure activities.
(13) Staffing Patterns in Residential Levels of Care. Programs 
shall comply with The ASAM Minimum Staffing Standards 
for Department of Mental Health, September 2022, hereby 
incorporated by reference and made a part of this rule, 
developed by and available from the Department of Mental 
Health, 1706 E. Elm St., PO Box 687, Jefferson City MO 65101, (573) 
751-4942, https://dmh.mo.gov/media/pdf/dbh-asam-minimum-
staffing-requirements. This rule does not incorporate any 
subsequent amendments or additions to this publication.
(A) If the program serves a mixed-gender population in 
residential levels of care, the staffing pattern shall include at 
least one (1) female and at least one (1) male staff member any 
time individuals are present. 
(B) If a residential level of care is provided only for individuals 
of the female gender, a female staff member must be present 
twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. 
(C) If a residential level of care is provided only for individuals 
of the male gender, a male staff member must be present 
twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. 
1. Refer to 9 CSR 10-7.010(4)(A)7. and 9 CSR 10-7.020(3)(A)4., 
related to service delivery practices that are responsive to indi-
vidual needs.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: 
Filed April 15, 2002, effective Nov. 30, 2002. Amended: Filed July 
29, 2002, effective March 30, 2003. Amended: Filed Sept. 14, 2023, 
effective March 30, 2024.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.195 Outpatient Substance Use Disorder Treatment 
Programs
PURPOSE: This rule specifies service delivery requirements for 
certified/deemed certified outpatient substance use disorder 
treatment programs that do not have a contractual relationship 
with the department for the provision of services. 
(1) General Requirements. Each agency that is certified/deemed 
certified by the department as an outpatient substance use 
disorder treatment program shall comply with requirements 
set forth in Department of Mental Health Core Rules for 
Psychiatric and Substance Use Disorder Treatment Programs, 9 
CSR 10-7.010 through 9 CSR 10-7.140, as applicable.
(A) The agency shall have written policies and procedures 
defining eligibility for services, screening, admission, and 
clinical assessment to assist in the support of each individual.
(B) The program shall maintain reasonable hours to assure 
accessibility.
(2) Services. An intake screening and admission assessment 
shall be conducted in accordance with 9 CSR 10-7.030 (1) and 
(2).
(A) At a minimum, the following services as defined in 9 CSR 
30-3.110, or in other regulations as indicated, shall be provided 
on an outpatient basis in accordance with individual needs:
1. Case management;
2. Continuing recovery planning, as defined in 9 CSR 10-
7.030(8);
3. Crisis prevention and intervention;
4. Family conference; 
5. Family therapy; 
6. Group rehabilitative support;
7. Individual and group counseling, including trauma and 
co-occurring disorders;
8. Medication services; 
9. Treatment planning as defined in 9 CSR 10-7.030(4) and 
(5); and
10. Information and education, such as community 
resources available, substance use disorders, and behavioral 
health disorders.
(B) If the program does not directly provide all of the services 
specified in paragraphs (2)(A)1. to 10. of this rule, the services 
must be available to all individuals through coordinated and 
documented service delivery practices with other qualified 
providers within the same geographic area. 
(3) Treatment Planning. Services shall be provided under 
the direction of an individual treatment plan as specified in 
9 CSR 10-7.030(4). Each individual served or parent/guardian 
must provide informed, written consent to treatment prior 
to delivery of services, and a copy of the consent form 
must be retained in the individual’s record. Consent to treat 
documentation shall be updated annually, as applicable.
(A) An initial treatment plan goal shall be developed at 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 47
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
intake to address immediate needs during the admission 
process to the outpatient treatment program. 
(B) The treatment plan shall be completed within the first 
three (3) outpatient visits.
1. Each individual shall participate in the development of 
his/her treatment plan.
(C) Treatment plans shall be reviewed and updated every 
ninety (90) days to reflect the individual’s progress and changes 
in treatment goals and services.
(D) Treatment plans must be revised and rewritten at least 
annually.
(E) Treatment plans shall be developed and approved by 
a licensed mental health professional or qualified addiction 
professional (QAP).
(4) Staff Requirements. Individual and group counseling must 
be delivered by a licensed mental health professional, QAP , or 
associate counselor.
(5) Records. Each agency shall maintain an organized clinical 
record system (electronic or paper) in accordance with 9 CSR 
10-7.030(13) which ensures easily retrievable, complete, and 
usable records stored in a secure and confidential manner.
(A) Each agency shall implement written procedures to 
assure quality of individual records, including a routine review 
to ensure documentation requirements are being met.
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* 
Original rule filed May 28, 2021, effective Dec. 30, 2021.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 
1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.200 Research
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.192–630.198 and 630.655, 
RSMo 1986. Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. 
Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.201 Substance Awareness Traffic Offender 
Programs
PURPOSE: This rule identifies the Department of Mental Health 
as being responsible for the certification of Substance Awareness 
Traffic Offender Programs (SATOP) as mandated by state statute. 
The rule includes program purpose and mission, functions, 
certification requirements, and types of SATOPs certified by the 
department.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Purpose and Mission. The Substance Awareness Traffic 
Offender Programs (SATOP) is a statewide system of 
comprehensive, accessible, community-based education and 
treatment programs for individuals referred as the result of 
an alcohol- or drug-related traffic offense. The department 
develops the standards by which SATOPs operate in Missouri 
and certifies programs to provide services in accordance with 
those standards. 
(A) The mission of SATOP is to—
1. Inform and educate individuals about the dangers and 
consequences of alcohol- and drug-impaired driving;
2. Educate youth about the risks and consequences of 
alcohol and drug use and help them develop skills to make 
healthy choices;
3. Motivate individuals for personal change and growth; 
and
4. Contribute to the public health and safety of Missouri by 
preventing and reducing the prevalence of alcohol- and drug-
impaired driving.
(B) Completion of a SATOP is a prerequisite for driver’s license 
reinstatement for individuals who— 
1. Have pleaded guilty or have been found guilty of an 
alcohol- or drug-impaired driving offense;
2. Have been referred as a result of an administrative 
suspension or revocation of their driver’s license, court order, 
condition of probation, or plea bargain; or
3. Have been charged with minor in possession and zero 
tolerance offenses.
(2) Program Functions. SATOPs shall provide or arrange for 
screening, clinical assessment when indicated, education, and 
treatment services for individuals referred to the program. 
(A) All SATOPs shall comply with the 2023 edition of the 
SATOP Provider Manual, hereby incorporated by reference and 
made a part of this rule as published by and available from the 
Department of Mental Health, 1706 E. Elm Street, PO Box 687, 
Jefferson City, MO 65102. This rule does not incorporate any 
subsequent amendments or additions to this publication.
(3) Performance Indicators. The following are intended as 
examples of indicators that can be used by the department 
and the SATOP to demonstrate achievement of the program’s 
purpose, mission, and functions. Indicators can include, but 
are not limited to—
(A) Characteristics of persons participating in SATOP such 
as demographics, blood alcohol content (BAC) at the time of 
arrest, prior drinking and driving arrests, prior participation 
in a SATOP , and prior treatment for a substance use disorder;
(B) Consistent use of screening criteria including the rate at 
which persons are assigned to the various types of education 
and treatment programs;
(C) Rate at which persons successfully complete a SATOP and 
the various types of programs available;
(D) Reductions in alcohol- and drug-impaired driving among 
those who complete a SATOP; and 
(E) Program satisfaction and feedback from individuals 
served.
(4) Types of Programs. The department certifies the following 
types of SATOPs:
(A) Offender Management Unit (OMU) – entry point for 
individuals referred to a SATOP where they are screened 
by a SATOP Qualified Professional (SQP) and referred to the 
appropriate education or treatment program;
(B) Adolescent Diversion Education Program (ADEP) – basic 
education for individuals under the age of twenty one (21) 
who have been charged with or convicted of alcohol- and 
drug-related driving offenses under Missouri’s Abuse and Lose, 
48 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
Minor in Possession, or Zero Tolerance laws;
(C) Offender Education Program (OEP) – basic education 
for first-time adult offenders to assist them in understanding 
the consequences of alcohol- and drug-impaired driving and 
identifying strategies to assist in changing their behavior;
(D) Weekend Intervention Program (WIP) – specialized 
intervention services and education for high-risk, first-
time offenders and individuals with multiple driving while 
intoxicated or driving under the influence (DWI/DUI) offenses 
who are showing signs and symptoms of a substance use 
disorder with mild to moderate severity;
(E) Clinical Intervention Program (CIP) – intensive outpatient 
treatment for individuals who have multiple DWI/DUI offenses 
or high-risk, first-time offenders who are showing signs and 
symptoms of a substance use disorder with moderate severity; 
and
(F) Serious and Repeat Offender Program (SROP) – intensive 
treatment for individuals who have multiple DWI/DUI offenses 
and are identified through the screening process as having 
high-risk, high-need risk factors, and a diagnosed substance 
use disorder. 
(5) Requirements for Program Certification. SATOPs must be 
located in an office, clinic, or other professional setting 
that allows for private, one-on-one interviews and ensures 
confidentiality for individuals served. The department must 
approve program location(s) prior to the delivery of services. 
(A) All SATOPs shall comply with 9 CSR 30-3.032. 
(B) CIPs and SROPs shall comply with 9 CSR 30-3.130 and fulfill 
department contract requirements. 
(C) The following rules are waived for OMUs, OEPs, ADEPs, and 
WIPs unless the department determines a specific requirement 
is applicable due to the unique circumstances and service 
delivery methods of a program: 
1. 9 CSR 10-7.030;
2. 9 CSR 10-7.060; 
3. 9 CSR 10-7.080;
4. 9 CSR 30-3.100; and
5. 9 CSR 30-3.110. 
(6) Other Requirements. In addition to the requirements listed 
under 9 CSR 30-3.032, the department uses the following 
criteria in certifying Substance Awareness Traffic Offender 
Programs:
(A) The department reserves the right to limit the issuance 
of SATOP certification in areas of the state where it cannot be 
determined a need exists for the service and/or it cannot be 
determined the proposed service will serve the best interest of 
individuals in that area.
1. Determination of need is at the department’s sole 
discretion as the designated state authority responsible for 
SATOP certification.
2. The determination of need is based on applicable data, 
such as the number of DWI/DUI arrests and the number of 
currently certified SATOPs within the proposed service area;
(B) The department must approve any new program site 
prior to the delivery of SATOP services at the site; and 
(C) The department reserves the right to deny certification to 
any SATOP that does not provide a minimum of services for at 
least fifty (50) persons per year.
(7) Treatment Programs Recognized for SATOP . When the 
screening results indicate the need for treatment for a 
substance use disorder, arrangements shall be made for the 
person to participate in treatment services. 
(A) The department recognizes the following types of 
treatment programs for individuals with an alcohol- and/or 
drug-related traffic offense whose SATOP screening indicates 
the need for treatment:
1. Substance use disorder treatment programs certified by 
the department; 
2. CIPS; and
3. SROPs. 
(8) Compliance. Failure to adhere to the stipulations, conditions, 
and requirements set forth in this rule shall be considered 
cause for revocation or denial of program certification.
AUTHORITY: sections 302.420, 302.425, 302.540, 302.580, 630.050, 
630.053, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016, and section 577.001, 
RSMo Supp. 2023.* This rule was originally filed as 9 CSR 30-
3.700. Emergency rule filed April 22, 1983, effective May 2, 1983, 
expired Aug. 11, 1983. Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective 
Sept. 11, 1983. Amended: Filed May 6, 1985, effective Sept. 1, 1985. 
Rescinded and readopted: Filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. 
Amended: Filed Sept. 5, 1990, effective Feb. 14, 1991. Emergency 
amendment filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, expired Oct. 
28, 1994. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, effective 
Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 24, 1995. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, effective 
Oct. 30, 1998. Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.201 and amended: Filed Feb. 
28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed June 15, 2004, 
effective Jan. 30, 2005. Amended: Filed Feb. 16, 2018, effective 
Aug. 30, 2018. Amended: Filed Nov. 4, 2020, effective May 30, 2021. 
Amended: Filed June 29, 2023, effective Jan. 30, 2024.
*Original authority: 302.420, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1993, 1996, 2003, 2014; 
302.425, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1996, 2014; 302.540, RSMo 1983, amended 1984, 
1993, 1996, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2014; 302.580, RSMo 1982, amended 1993, 1996, 2003, 
2014; 577.001, RSMo 1982, amended 1986, 1996, 2005, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 
2020; 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.053, RSMo 1993, amended 
1995, 1996, 2011; 630.655, RSMo 1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.202 SATOP Administration and Service 
Documentation
PURPOSE: This rule establishes administrative procedures and 
practices in the operation of Substance Awareness Traffic Offender 
Programs.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that the 
publication of the entire text of the material which is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Access. The program shall be accessible to the public by 
maintaining reasonable business hours and ready telephone 
access.
(2) Admission. Substance Awareness Traffic Offender Programs 
(SATOPs) shall accept individuals referred by a court order, 
condition of probation or parole, or plea bargain who have had 
their driver’s license administratively revoked or suspended 
for reasons of an alcohol- or drug-related traffic offense. 
Individuals will be screened by a qualified staff person to 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 49
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
determine program placement. Women who are pregnant 
must be referred to a department-certified women’s treatment 
program for a clinical assessment to determine service needs. 
(3) Conflict of Interest. An agency which operates probation 
services, court supervision programs, or counseling programs 
not certified by the department must keep these functions 
separate and distinct from SATOP . 
(A) The agency must clearly communicate to individuals that 
completion or the failure to complete these programs will not 
affect the outcome of their participation in SATOP .
(4) Notice to Individuals Served. Written notice shall be 
provided to individuals regarding the cost of the program, 
dates, times, location, and requirements for successful program 
completion. 
(5) Attendance Records. Attendance records shall be maintained 
for each session. 
(6) Receipts. Receipts shall be issued for all fees collected from 
individuals enrolled in a SATOP . 
(7) Program Participation. All SATOPs shall have written 
policies and procedures which are followed by staff to manage 
situations in which an individual arrives at a program under 
the influence of alcohol and/or illegal drugs, is not taking 
prescription medication(s) as directed, or is detracting from a 
program due to uncooperative behavior. 
(A) A written report of the situation shall be prepared by the 
staff person(s) involved. The report shall be reviewed by the 
program administrator who is responsible for determining the 
individual’s continued participation in the program. 
(B) A person who has justifiably been denied access or is 
removed from a program is not considered to have satisfactorily 
completed the program. 
(C) Readmission to a program for an individual who has 
justifiably been denied access or removed shall be in accordance 
with the program’s policies and procedures. Proactive measures 
should be taken to assist individuals in reengaging in services 
and successfully completing a program. 
(D) Individuals who continue to actively use alcohol and/or 
illegal drugs, or do not take prescribed medication as directed 
while enrolled in a program, may be referred to more intensive 
services such as withdrawal management and substance use 
disorder treatment with residential support. In these instances, 
the individual may fulfill SATOP requirements by completing a 
comparable program. 
(8) Screening and Referral Process. Offender Management 
Unit (OMUs) must have written policies and procedures for 
conducting individualized screenings and issuing program 
recommendations based on screening results. 
(A) The screening recommendation is provided in writing to 
each individual at the completion of the screening. 
(B) Each individual is informed of their right to a second 
opinion from an alternative OMU and right to judicial review 
if he/she objects to the recommendation of the originating 
OMU. The notice must be in written format and signed by the 
individual. 
1. The following criteria applies to second opinions:
A. The right to a second opinion is forfeited if the 
individual has enrolled in the originating OMU’s recommended 
program;
B. The alternative OMU must conduct a thorough review 
of the individual’s original screening recommendation and 
obtain a copy of the SATOP Offender Assignment form from the 
originating OMU (release of information is not required);
C. The alternative OMU must obtain a current driving 
record from the Department of Revenue or other reliable 
source;
D. The individual must pay the screening fee for the 
second opinion but is not required to pay the supplemental 
fee; and
E. The OMU issuing the second opinion is the official 
OMU of record. The OMU is responsible for issuing the screening 
recommendation to the individual, monitoring the individual’s 
compliance with the recommendation, and notifying the 
originating OMU to close the individual’s record in their 
program. 
(C) An individual who objects to an OMU’s screening 
recommendation may file a petition for review and 
determination in the circuit court of the county in which the 
recommendation was made pursuant to sections 302.304 and 
302.540, RSMo. The motion must be filed using the printed 
form provided by the Office of State Courts Administrator, 2112 
Industrial Drive, PO Box 104480, Jefferson City, MO 65110.
(9) Resources and Referrals. All SATOPs shall maintain a 
resource directory of area self-help groups and substance 
use disorder treatment programs that is readily accessible to 
individuals being served.
(A) Each individual who receives a recommendation for 
substance use disorder treatment shall be given a directory 
of certified treatment programs for the area in which he/she 
chooses to obtain services. A statement shall be signed by the 
individual acknowledging receipt of the directory as well as 
notice that he/she is not required to obtain recommended 
services from the same agency that conducted the screening.
(10) Program Evaluation. All persons participating in a SATOP 
shall be asked to complete a course evaluation. The evaluation 
process must assure anonymity. 
(A) Participants may be encouraged, but not required, to sign 
the evaluation form. 
(B) Evaluations shall be retained by the program for one (1) 
calendar year.
(11) Data Collection. The program shall cooperate with all 
SATOP quality assurance and data collection requirements 
regarding the program operation, individual demographics, or 
other data collection that may be required by the department. 
(12) Organized Record System and Individual Records. All 
SATOPs must maintain an organized record system which 
ensures easily retrievable, complete, and usable records. 
Records must be stored in a secure and confidential manner in 
accordance with state and federal requirements. 
(A) Records required by the department shall be maintained 
in paper form or electronic medium at the location services 
are provided or at the provider’s address of record with the 
department.
(B) Copies of records must be provided upon request by the 
department or its authorized representative(s), regardless of 
the medium in which they are maintained. 
(C) Individual records must be retained for at least six (6) 
years or until all litigation, adverse audit findings, or both, 
are resolved regardless of the medium in which they are 
maintained. 
(D) Individual records for OMUs shall include, but are not 
50 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
limited to:
1. Demographic information;
2. Proper signed release of information forms, as applicable;
3. Signed acknowledgement by the individual indicating 
receipt of—
A. Individual rights, responsibilities, and grievance 
procedures;
B. Screening recommendation;
C. Notice of option for a second opinion and judicial 
review;
D. List of referral sources; and
E. Notice that services may be obtained from another 
provider;
4. Driving record check by the Department of Revenue (if 
another source is used, provider is responsible for ensuring its 
reliability); 
5. Documentation of an individualized screening including 
date administered, name and signature of the SATOP Qualified 
Professional, summary of results including substance use 
history, and education or treatment recommendation; 
6. SATOP Offender Assignment form; and
7. SATOP Completion Certificate (if program was completed).
(E) Individual records for persons enrolled in an education 
program shall include, but are not limited to:
1. Dates of attendance;
2. Demographic information; 
3. Scored pretest(s) and posttest(s) measuring knowledge 
gain and attitude change;
4. Proper signed release of information forms, as applicable;
5. Signed acknowledgement by the individual indicating 
receipt of individual rights, responsibilities, and grievance 
procedures, list of referral sources, and notice that services may 
be obtained from another provider;
6. Results of blood alcohol content (BAC) tests, as applicable; 
7. SATOP Offender Assignment form; and
8. SATOP Completion Certificate (if program was 
completed).
(F) Individual records for persons enrolled in the Clinical 
Intervention Program and Serious and Repeat Offender 
Program shall include, but are not limited to:
1. Consent to treatment;
2. Proper signed release of information forms, as applicable;
3. Individual treatment plan;
4. Treatment plan reviews and updates;
5. Continuing recovery plan based upon the principles 
of recovery and resilience as identified in 9 CSR 10-7.010(7) 
including at a minimum:
A. Date of next appointment for follow-up services or 
other supports;
B. Action steps to access personal support system(s) or 
other resources to assist in continuing his/her recovery, well-
being, and community integration or if symptoms recur and 
additional services/supports are needed;
C. Instructions for safe use of medication(s) as prescribed; 
and
D. Referral information such as contact name, telephone 
number, locations, hours, and days of services, when applicable;
6. Discharge plan that includes, but is not limited to: 
A. Admission date;
B. Reason for admission;
C. Referral source;
D. Reason for or type of discharge;
E. Date of discharge;
F. Description of services provided and the extent to 
which established goals and objectives were achieved; 
G. Recommendations for continued services and 
supports; 
H. Medical status and information on medication(s) 
prescribed or administered, when applicable; and
I. Signature of staff completing the plan.
(13) Additional Record Requirements for the Adolescent 
Diversion Education Program (ADEP). For individuals 
participating in the ADEP who are under the age of eighteen 
(18) and are not emancipated, there shall be documentation 
showing—
(A) Efforts to involve the parent or guardian in the program;
(B) Results of the efforts, that is, whether the parent or 
guardian participated and the extent of participation; and
(C) Where applicable, the parent or guardian’s view 
of substance use patterns and possible effects on family, 
social, legal, emotional, physical, financial, educational, and 
vocational functioning.
(14) Compliance. Failure to adhere to the stipulations, conditions, 
and the requirements set forth in this rule shall be considered 
cause for revocation or denial of program certification.
AUTHORITY: sections 302.304, 302.420, 302.425, 302.540, 302.580, 
630.050, 630.053, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016, and section 
577.001, RSMo Supp. 2020.* This rule was originally filed as 9 CSR 
30-3.730. Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. 
Emergency amendment filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, 
expired Oct. 28, 1994. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, 
effective Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 24, 1995. Amended: Filed May 
3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, 
effective Oct. 30, 1998. Moved to 9 CSR 30-2.202 and amended: 
Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed June 
15, 2004, effective Jan. 30, 2005. Amended: Filed Feb. 16, 2018, 
effective Aug. 30, 2018. Amended: Filed Nov. 4, 2020, effective May 
30, 2021.
*Original authority: 302.304, RSMo 1961, amended 1972, 1973, 1979, 1983, 1984, 1989, 
1991, 1996, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2008, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015; 302.420, RSMo 1987, 
amended 1991, 1993, 1996, 2003, 2014; 302.425, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1996, 2014; 
302.540, RSMo 1983, amended 1984, 1993, 1996, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2014; 302.580, 
RSMo 1982, amended 1993, 1996, 2003, 2014; 577.001, RSMo 1982, amended 1986, 
1996, 2005, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2020; 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 
1995, 2008; 630.053, RSMo 1993, amended 1995, 1996, 2011; 630.655, RSMo 1980; and 
631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.204 SATOP Personnel
PURPOSE: This rule describes the personnel policies and staff 
qualifications for Substance Awareness Traffic Offender Programs 
and establishes specific policies and procedures for the revocation 
or suspension of credentialed personnel.
(1) Qualifications of Staff. Staff must have specialized training in 
providing services for individuals who have been arrested for 
an alcohol- and/or drug-related traffic offense. 
(A) Staff must be credentialed by the Missouri Credentialing 
Board, 428 E. Capitol Avenue, 2nd Floor, Jefferson City, MO 
65101, and must meet the designated requirements prior to 
the delivery of services. Substance Awareness Traffic Offender 
Programs (SATOP) credentials include:
1. SATOP Qualified Professional (SQP); and
2. SATOP Qualified Instructor (SQI).
(B) SATOP screenings shall be conducted by a SQP . 
(C) Treatment services shall be provided by a SQP or Qualified 
Addiction Professional.
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 51
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
(D) Education services shall be provided by a SQP or SQI.
(E) Staff who administer screenings and provide education 
and treatment services shall—
1. Not have a suspension or revocation of their driver’s 
license within the preceding two (2) years of administering 
screenings or providing education and treatment services. 
Verification of staff driving records shall be completed annually 
and maintained in personnel records;
2. Not have received a citation or been charged with any 
state or municipal alcohol- or drug-related offense within 
the preceding two (2) years of administering screenings and 
providing education and treatment services, except when 
found not guilty in a court of competent jurisdiction;
3. Not have allowed the use of alcohol, illegal drugs, 
or misuse of prescription medications to interfere with the 
conduct of their SATOP job duties; 
4. Successfully complete SATOP training offered or 
approved by the department; and
5. Meet background screening requirements specified in 
9 CSR 10-5.190.
(2) Reporting Requirements. Administrators and staff of a 
certified SATOP have the duty to report to the department the 
suspected failure of any individual to meet applicable program 
standards and requirements. 
(A) Complaints or allegations which must be reported to the 
department include: 
1. Failure of a SATOP to meet personnel requirements 
under this rule;
2. Violations of individual rights under 9 CSR 10-7.020;
3. Fraudulent or false reporting to the department, 
Department of Revenue, courts, or other entity;
4. Performance of duties for which an individual is not 
appropriately credentialed;
5. Conviction, plea of guilty, or suspended imposition of 
sentence for any felony or alcohol- or drug-related offense;
6. Failure to cooperate in any investigation by the 
department or authorized by the department;
7. Abuse, neglect, or misuse of funds/property in 
accordance with 9 CSR 10-5.200; and 
8. Offenses considered disqualifying crimes under section 
630.170, RSMo. 
(3) Guest Speakers. A program which utilizes guest speakers 
shall have written policies and procedures for their recruitment, 
selection, training, supervision, dismissal, and compensation. 
(A) The program shall maintain a roster of all approved guest 
speakers and a description of the duties or tasks of each. 
(B) Guest speakers are not considered instructors for the 
purpose of these rules. 
(C) At no time shall a guest speaker assume sole responsibility 
for a class. 
(4) Compliance. Failure to adhere to stipulations, conditions, 
and requirements set forth in this rule shall be considered 
cause for revocation or denial of program certification.
AUTHORITY: sections 302.420, 302.425, 302.540, 302.580, 630.050, 
630.053, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016, and section 577.001, 
RSMo Supp. 2020.* This rule was originally filed as 9 CSR 30-3.750. 
Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. Amended: 
Filed Oct. 2, 1990, effective Feb. 14, 1991. Emergency amendment 
filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, expired Oct. 28, 1994. 
Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Emergency 
amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, effective Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 
24, 1995. Amended: Filed Oct. 17, 1994, effective April 30, 1995. 
Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, effective Oct. 30, 1998. Moved to 
9 CSR 30-3.204 and amended: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001. Amended: Filed June 15, 2004, effective Jan. 30, 2005. 
Amended: Filed Feb. 16, 2018, effective Aug. 30, 2018. Amended: 
Filed Nov. 4, 2020, effective May 30, 2021.
*Original authority: 302.420, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1993, 1996, 2003, 2014; 
302.425, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1996, 2014; 302.540, RSMo 1983, amended 1984, 
1993, 1996, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2014; 302.580, RSMo 1982, amended 1993, 1996, 2003, 
2014; 577.001, RSMo 1982, amended 1986, 1996, 2005, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 
2020; 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.053, RSMo 1993, amended 
1995, 1996, 2011; 630.655, RSMo 1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.206 SATOP Structure
PURPOSE: This rule establishes basic requirements and structure 
for Substance Awareness Traffic Offender Programs, including the 
screening and referral process and fee structure.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that 
publication of the entire text of the material that is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Assessment Process and Program Assignment. Offender 
Management Units (OMU) are the designated entry point for 
individuals referred to a Substance Awareness Traffic Offender 
Programs (SATOP).
(A) All OMUs must be certified by the department to provide 
the Offender Education Program. Substance use disorder 
treatment programs that are contracted by a DWI court to 
serve serious and repeat offenders are excluded from this 
requirement. 
(B) All individuals are screened at the OMU by a SATOP 
Qualified Professional (SQP). The SQP assigns the individual 
to an education or treatment program based on screening 
results, department referral criteria, and his/her professional 
judgment. 
(C) The OMU issues a SATOP Offender Assignment form to 
each individual at the completion of the screening. 
(D) Individuals are not required to fulfill their SATOP 
requirement with the OMU that conducted his/her screening. 
Individuals may request to attend a program based on 
circumstances such as distance, work schedule, or other 
factors. The originating OMU shall provide each individual 
with the contact information for certified SATOPs in his/her 
chosen location in order to select a service provider. 
(E) The OMU provides a referring court or probation and 
parole office with a copy of the SATOP Offender Assignment 
form, upon request, and with proper release of information 
from the individual.
(2) Assessment Process. A SQP shall conduct a screening for 
each individual who presents to the OMU to determine his/her 
service needs. Screening recommendations are impartial and 
based solely on the needs of the individual and the welfare of 
society. 
(A) The screening process includes, but is not limited to:
1. Collection of basic demographic information; 
52 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
2. Completion of the 2013 edition of the Driver Risk 
Inventory-2 (DRI-2) published by and available from Behavior 
Data Systems, PO Box 44256, Phoenix, AZ 85064-4256. The 
document incorporated by reference does not include any later 
amendments or additions;
3. A face-to-face interview with the SQP , including 
information related to any previous substance use treatment;
4. A written summary of findings and program assignment;
5. Driving record report from the Department of Revenue 
or other reliable source;
6. Blood alcohol content (BAC) at time of arrest and/or 
toxicology results, if available; and
7. Completion of the SATOP Assignment Form and, when 
required, a narrative report to the court with release of 
information from the individual.
(B) Coordination with the courts, probation and parole, 
Department of Revenue, or other entities shall be provided, as 
necessary, to verify service recommendations are understood 
by all parties. 
(C) Individuals who have a serious emotional disorder 
or serious mental illness which may interfere with his/her 
participation in SATOP shall be referred to a qualified mental 
health professional for an evaluation. Participation in SATOP 
may be delayed until the individual’s mental health needs are 
evaluated and necessary services are obtained.
1. The OMU shall maintain an affiliation agreement or 
memorandum of understanding with a certified community 
mental health center or a licensed mental health professional 
in order to promptly coordinate mental health services.
(D) Individuals shall receive written notification from the 
OMU that the screening is valid for six (6) months from the 
date of completion and payment for a second screening will 
be required if the six- (6-) month time period lapses prior to 
engagement in the assigned level of service, unless—
1. A motion for judicial review has been filed, or;
2. A second opinion from an alternate OMU is obtained 
prior to the end of the six- (6-) month period. 
(E) Individual records may be closed after the six- (6-) month 
period expires unless a motion for judicial review or second 
opinion applies.
(3) Program Referral Guidelines. The SQP shall base program 
assignment on his/her professional judgment, screening 
results, and referral guidelines established by the department, 
as follows:
(A) 1st Offense—Offender Education Program (OEP) or 
Adolescent Diversion Education Program (ADEP) unless a 
more intense program is indicated by factors such as blood 
alcohol content at time of arrest, other alcohol- or drug-related 
arrests, results of the DRI-2, prior treatment for a substance 
use disorder, or occupational, relationship, medical, or other 
issues;
(B) 2nd offense—Weekend Intervention Program (WIP) 
unless a more intense program is indicated by factors such as 
blood alcohol content at the time of arrest, other alcohol- or 
drug-related arrests, results of the DRI-2, prior treatment for a 
substance use disorder, or occupational, relationship, medical, 
or other issues;
(C) 3rd offense—Clinical Intervention Program (CIP) unless 
a more intense program is indicated by factors such as blood 
alcohol content at the time of arrest, other alcohol- or drug-
related arrests, results of the DRI-2, prior treatment for a 
substance use disorder, or occupational, relationship, medical, 
or other issues;
(D) Prior and Persistent Offender—Serious and Repeat 
Offender Program (SROP). Individuals who have a BAC of 0.15 
or greater at time of arrest, two (2) or more arrests for driving 
under the influence of alcohol or drugs with administrative 
action by the Department of Revenue, and meet diagnostic 
criteria for a substance use disorder, thereby meeting the 
statutory definition as a prior or persistent offender, shall be 
referred to intensive treatment. 
1. As used in these SATOP rules, the terms prior and 
persistent offender mean—
A. Prior offender, a person who has pleaded guilty to 
or has been found guilty of one (1) intoxication-related traffic 
offense, where such prior offense occurred within five (5) years 
of the occurrence of the intoxication-related traffic offense for 
which the person is charged; 
B. Persistent offender, a person who has pleaded guilty 
to or has been found guilty of two (2) or more intoxication-
related traffic offenses; a person who has pleaded guilty to or 
has been found guilty of involuntary manslaughter pursuant 
to section 565.024.1(2) or (3), RSMo; assault in the second 
degree pursuant to section 565.060.1(4), RSMo; assault of a law 
enforcement officer in the second degree pursuant to section 
565.082.1(4), RSMo;
(E) Exceptions to these referral guidelines require prior 
approval from the department.
(4) OEP and ADEP Requirements. The OEP and ADEP are 
designated for individuals with a first-time alcohol- or drug-
impaired driving offense. Educational sessions and discussions 
focus on helping individuals assess his/her personal 
responsibility related to alcohol- and drug-impaired driving. 
(A) OEPs and ADEPs must maintain a contract with the 
department and conduct the respective program in accordance 
with the 2017 edition of the OEP Missouri Curriculum Guide 
or the 2014 edition of the ADEP Missouri Curriculum Guide 
produced by The Change Companies, 5221 Sigstrom Dr., Carson 
City, NV 89706. Prior approval from the department is required 
to alter the content and methods in the curriculum guides 
incorporated herein by reference. The referenced guides do not 
include any later amendments or additions. 
(B) At least ten (10) hours of education and discussion must 
be provided to individuals over a period of at least two (2) 
calendar days. Sessions shall not exceed six (6) hours per day 
(excluding breaks) and should begin and end at times that are 
accessible for participants. No more than twenty percent (20%) 
of the educational component may consist of electronic media/
audiovisual aids.
(C) Program size must ensure the opportunity for participation 
from individuals in attendance. Group sessions are limited 
to thirty (30) individuals. Parents, guardians, or other natural 
supports who attend a session or part of a session are not 
included in the limit of thirty (30) individuals.
(D) Prior to successful program completion, each individual 
must develop a personal plan of action to assist them in 
preventing alcohol- and drug-impaired driving behavior in the 
future. 
(5) WIP Requirements. The WIP is designated for individuals 
with a second alcohol- or drug-impaired driving offense and 
those identified through the SATOP screening as being a high 
risk, first-time driving while intoxicated or driving under the 
influence (DWI/DUI) offender. 
(A) WIPs must maintain a contract with the department and 
conduct the program in accordance with the 2017 edition of 
the WIP Missouri Curriculum Guide produced by The Change 
Companies, 5221 Sigstrom Dr., Carson City, NV 89706. Prior 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 53
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
approval from the department is required to alter the content 
and methods in the curriculum guide incorporated herein by 
reference. The referenced guide does not include any later 
amendments or additions. 
(B) The WIP is an intensive education program conducted 
during a forty-eight (48) hour weekend in a supervised and 
structured location approved by the department. Sessions shall 
begin and end at times that are accessible for participants. 
(C) The program requires a minimum of twenty (20) hours 
of combined individual counseling and group education and 
discussion that assists individuals in assessing their personal 
responsibility related to alcohol- and drug-impaired driving 
and taking proactive steps to prevent future occurrences of 
impaired driving. 
1. Individual counseling shall be provided by a SQP . 
2. Small group discussions shall be facilitated by at least 
one (1) SQP or Qualified Addiction Professional (QAP) per twelve 
(12) participants. In the event two (2) staff co-facilitate a small 
group, one (1) of the staff may be a SATOP Qualified Instructor 
or an Associate Alcohol Drug Counselor if the group size does 
not exceed twenty-four (24) individuals. 
3. Group education sessions shall not exceed thirty 
(30) individuals per staff member, including lectures and 
audiovisual presentations. Group education shall be conducted 
by a SQP or SQI.
(D) Meals and snacks shall be provided for individuals 
participating in the WIP at times comparable to normal meal 
times in the community. Preparation and management of 
meals and snacks must meet applicable state, county, and/or 
city health regulations. 
(E) Instructional aids shall be incorporated into education 
sessions to enhance understanding and promote discussion 
and interaction among participants. Aids may include but are 
not limited to DVD’s or other electronic media, worksheets, 
and informational handouts and shall not comprise more than 
twenty percent (20%) of group education sessions. 
(F) Guest speakers may be utilized in education sessions 
but shall not comprise more than twenty percent (20%) of the 
educational component of the program. 
(6) CIP Requirements. The CIP addresses the needs of high-risk 
first and second-time DWI/DUI offenders, third-time offenders, 
and individuals identified during the SATOP screening process 
as meeting diagnostic criteria for a substance use disorder or 
being at risk for a substance use disorder. Services focus on 
substance use disorders and the resolution of problems related 
to substance use and the individual’s drinking and driving 
behavior.
(A) CIPs must maintain a contract with the department and 
comply with 9 CSR 30-3.130. 
(B) A SQP or QAP shall utilize a department-approved 
instrument to administer a comprehensive assessment for each 
individual admitted to the program. 
1. Assessment results shall be utilized to develop an 
individual treatment plan. Treatment plan reviews and updates 
shall be conducted as specified in 9 CSR 10-7.030. 
2. Family members and/or other natural supports shall 
be involved in the development of the individual treatment 
plan, as appropriate and allowable. The reason(s) for non-
participation of family members/natural supports shall be 
documented in the individual record.
(C) Each individual admitted to a CIP must complete fifty 
(50) hours of therapeutic, structured activities through a 
combination of individual and group counseling and 
group rehabilitative support in accordance with contract 
requirements. Services and activities must be accessible to 
individuals who are employed, in school, have family/childcare 
responsibilities, or other obligations.
(D) The CIP is intended to be completed over a six (6) to eight 
(8) week time period and should not be completed in less than 
(3) weeks nor extend beyond six (6) months. The actual time 
period for completion of the program is based on individual 
needs. 
(E) Individual and group counseling sessions must be 
facilitated by a Qualified Addiction Professional or SQP . Group 
counseling sessions are limited to twelve (12) individuals 
per staff member. In order to accommodate individuals in 
accessing services, group size may be greater than twelve (12) 
individuals with approval from the department.
(F) Group rehabilitative support sessions shall be facilitated 
by a SQP or SQI. Group rehabilitative support sessions are 
limited to thirty (30) individuals per staff member.
(G) A blood alcohol content (BAC) or urine test shall be 
conducted for each individual a minimum of one (1) time 
per week. Random BAC tests and/or urine tests may also 
be conducted. All test results shall be documented in the 
individual record.
(7) SROP Requirements. The SROP addresses the needs of high-
risk, high-need adults who have a DWI/DUI offense and meet 
criteria for a moderate to severe substance use disorder with 
the potential for recidivism. Services focus on substance use 
disorders and the resolution of problems related to substance 
use and the individual’s drinking and driving behavior. 
(A) SROPs must maintain a contract with the department and 
comply with 9 CSR 30-3.130. 
(B) A SQP or Qualified Addiction Professional shall 
utilize a department-approved instrument to administer a 
comprehensive clinical assessment for each individual 
admitted to the program. 
1. Assessment results shall be utilized to develop an 
individual treatment plan. Treatment plan reviews and updates 
shall be conducted as specified in 9 CSR 10-7.030.
2. Family members and/or other natural supports shall 
be involved in the development of the individual treatment 
plan, as appropriate and allowable. The reason(s) for non-
participation of family members/natural supports shall be 
documented in the individual record.
(C) Each individual admitted to a SROP must complete a 
minimum of seventy-five (75) hours of therapeutic, structured 
activities through a combination of individual and group 
counseling and group rehabilitative support in accordance 
with contract requirements. Services shall be structured to 
address the specific and unique needs of serious and repeat 
DWI/DUI offenders.
(D) Services shall include at least thirty-five (35) hours of 
individual and group counseling provided by a Qualified 
Addiction Professional or SQP . Group counseling sessions are 
limited to twelve (12) individuals per staff member. In order 
to accommodate individuals in accessing services, group size 
may be greater than twelve (12) individuals with approval from 
the department.
(E) Services shall be based on individual needs and should be 
completed in no less than ninety (90) days.
(8) Treatment Services for Youth. Individuals under the age 
of eighteen (18) whose screening results indicate the need 
for intensive treatment shall be referred to and successfully 
complete a substance use disorder treatment program for 
adolescents. The program must be certified by the department 
54 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
or nationally accredited to provide services for adolescents. 
(9) Comparable Program for Missouri Residents. Missouri 
residents who have pled guilty or have been found guilty of 
an alcohol- or drug-related traffic offense may complete a 
comparable program in lieu of a SATOP to be eligible for license 
reinstatement.
(A) A comparable program is one that is state-certified 
and/or nationally accredited as a substance use disorder 
treatment program by The Joint Commission, Commission 
on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities, Council on 
Accreditation, or other accrediting body recognized by the 
department.
(B) Individuals must receive a drug and alcohol screening, 
comprehensive assessment, and successfully complete the 
recommended treatment services from the comparable 
program.
1. Missouri residents must complete a minimum of one 
hundred twenty (120) hours of treatment in no less than twenty-
one (21) days. Treatment hours must include a minimum of forty 
(40) hours of individual and group counseling. The remaining 
hours must include a combination of driver-related education, 
individual counseling, group counseling, group rehabilitative 
support, and family therapy.
(C) The provider of services shall verify the individual’s 
successful program completion on the SATOP Comparable 
Program Completion form. 
1. The individual shall present the SATOP Comparable 
Program Completion form to an OMU where a SATOP 
Completion Certificate will be issued to him/her. A SATOP 
screening is not required; however, the supplemental fee shall 
be collected from the individual. The OMU may charge an 
additional processing fee. 
2. The OMU shall conduct a review of the individual’s 
current driving record to ensure there are no alcohol- or drug-
related traffic offenses during or after the treatment episode. 
(10) Comparable Program for Out-of-State Residents. Individuals 
who have had an alcohol- or drug-related traffic offense in 
Missouri but live in or have moved to another state must 
complete a SATOP or a comparable program to be eligible for 
license reinstatement.
(A) To complete a comparable program, the individual 
must have a drug and alcohol screening and complete 
the recommendation of the screening. The provider of the 
screening and provider of services must be certified/licensed 
by the state of residence and/or be accredited by The Joint 
Commission, Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation 
Facilities, Council on Accreditation, or other accrediting body 
recognized by the department. 
1. A minimum of ten (10) hours of drug and alcohol 
education is required unless the screening results indicate the 
need for more intensive services. 
2. The department shall make the final determination 
regarding the acceptability of the out-of-state program. 
(B) A completed SATOP Comparable Program Completion 
form must be submitted to the department by one (1) of the 
following methods: 
1. Email to satop@dmh.mo.gov; 
2. Mail to Department of Mental Health, Controller’s Office, 
SATOP , PO Box 596, Jefferson City, MO 65102-0596; or
3. Submit electronically to the department by accessing 
the form at https://dmh.mo.gov/media/pdf/satop-comparable-
program-completion-form. 
(C) Payment of the SATOP supplemental fee for a SATOP 
comparable program must be submitted to the department by 
one (1) of the following methods:
1. Electronic payment following the instructions at https://
magic.collectorsolutions.com/magic-ui/en-US/Login/mo-
mental-health; or
2. Mail the supplemental fee of two hundred forty-nine 
dollars ($249) in the form of a signed money order made 
payable to the Mental Health Earnings Fund, Department of 
Mental Health, Controller’s Office, SATOP , PO Box 596, Jefferson 
City, MO 65102-0596.
A. The supplement fee should not be paid until after 
the SATOP Comparable Program Completion form has been 
submitted in accordance with the instructions in subsection 
(10)(B) of this rule.
B. Payment must include the individual’s name, date of 
birth, last four (4) digits of their Social Security number, and 
driver’s license number, if known.
(D) Questions regarding the SATOP Comparable Program 
Completion form or payment of the supplemental fee should be 
directed to the SATOP help desk at (573) 522-4020. Information 
is also available on the SATOP website at https://dmh.mo.gov/
behavioral-health/satop. 
(E) Following review of the comparable program, department 
staff will provide notification of the individual’s program 
completion to the Missouri Department of Revenue.
(11) Department of Corrections Treatment Programs. Substance 
use disorder treatment programs completed by individuals 
who are incarcerated in a Missouri Department of Corrections 
facility may be recognized as a SATOP comparable program. 
Individuals must contact the Department of Corrections to 
obtain information on approved programs. 
(12) SATOP Costs and Fees. The costs for the screening, education, 
and treatment programs are established by the department 
and reviewed periodically. Costs shall not be greater than 
relative costs indicate. Programs shall not establish costs or 
fees that are not specified in this rule unless prior authorization 
from the department is granted. All fees are to be paid by the 
individual being served.
(A) The screening fee includes monitoring the individual’s 
progress in the assigned education or treatment program and 
case coordination with the department, courts, probation and 
parole, Department of Revenue, and other entities as necessary.
(B) The cost for treatment in a department-certified and 
contracted substance use disorder treatment program is based 
on actual services provided. 
(C) All individuals referred to a SATOP , including those 
participating in a comparable program as outlined in this rule, 
are required to pay a supplemental fee as specified in 9 CSR 
30-3.208. The supplemental fee is in addition to the cost of the 
screening, education, and treatment services.
(D) Costs for individuals participating in a WIP , CIP , SROP , or 
a department-certified and contracted substance use disorder 
treatment program may be partially offset in accordance with 
9 CSR 10-31.011.
(13) Successful Program Completion. Successful completion of 
a SATOP requires that the individual—
(A) Is free from alcohol or illegal drug use when participating 
in services and, as applicable, uses prescription medication as 
prescribed during program participation; 
(B) Attends all sessions on time; 
(C) Attends sessions in their proper sequence unless the 
instructor approves an alternate sequence; 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 55
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
(D) Completes all assignments and cooperatively participates 
in all class activities; 
(E) Pays all fees prior to program completion; and
(F) Completes and signs all required forms.
(14) Completion Certificate. A SATOP Completion Certificate 
is issued to each individual within seven (7) calendar days of 
his/her successful completion of an education or treatment 
program.
(A) The OMU that completed the screening and issued the 
program recommendation is responsible for issuing the SATOP 
Completion Certificate to the individual. The Department of 
Revenue receives automatic notification of each individual’s 
successful program completion via the department’s automated 
processing system. 
(B) If an individual fulfills their SATOP requirement with a 
provider other than the OMU that completed the screening and 
issued the program recommendation, the provider of services 
notifies the originating OMU of the individual’s successful 
program completion. Notification must be provided to the 
originating OMU in a timely manner to ensure the SATOP 
Completion Certificate is issued to the individual within seven 
(7) calendar days of successful program completion. 
(C) If an individual completes a comparable program, an OMU 
must create the SATOP Completion Certificate and indicate that 
a comparable program was completed. Automated notification 
of the individual’s successful program completion is provided 
to the department through the department’s automated 
processing system.
(15) Compliance. Failure to adhere to the stipulations, conditions, 
and requirements set forth in this rule shall be considered 
cause for revocation or denial of program certification.
AUTHORITY: sections 302.420, 302.425, 302.540, 302.580, 630.050, 
630.053, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016, and section 577.001, 
RSMo Supp. 2023.* This rule was originally filed as 9 CSR 30-
3.760. Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. 
Emergency amendment filed April 20, 1988, effective May 15, 1988, 
expired Aug. 31, 1988. Amended: Filed April 20, 1988, effective 
Aug. 31, 1988. Amended: Filed July 6, 1992, effective Feb. 26, 1993. 
Emergency amendment filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, 
expired Oct. 28, 1994. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, 
effective Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 24, 1995. Amended: Filed May 
3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, 
effective Oct. 30, 1998. Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.206 and amended: 
Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed March 
8, 2002, effective Sept. 30, 2002. Amended: Filed July 29, 2003, 
effective March 30, 2004. Amended: Filed June 15, 2004, effective 
Jan. 30, 2005. Amended: Filed Feb. 16, 2018, effective Aug. 30, 2018. 
Amended: Filed Nov. 4, 2020, effective May 30, 2021. Amended: 
Filed June 29, 2023, effective Jan. 30, 2024.
*Original authority: 302.420, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1993, 1996, 2003, 2014; 
302.425, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1996, 2014; 302.540, RSMo 1983, amended 1984, 
1993, 1996, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2014; 302.580, RSMo 1982, amended 1993, 1996, 2008, 
2014; 577.001, RSMo 1982, amended 1986, 1996, 2005, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 
2020; 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.053, RSMo 1993, amended 
1995, 1996, 2011; 630.655, RSMo 1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.208 SATOP Supplemental Fee 
PURPOSE: This rule establishes a supplemental fee which shall 
be collected by all certified Substance Awareness Traffic Offender 
Programs as required by state statute and outlines the procedures 
for submitting supplemental fees to the department.
(1) Supplemental Fee. All Substance Awareness Traffic Offender 
Programs shall collect a supplemental fee from each individual 
admitted to the program in accordance with section 302.540, 
RSMo.
(A) The supplemental fee is determined by the department 
and is in addition to any other costs associated with the 
program. 
(B) The supplement fee is collected one (1) time per offense, 
regardless of the level of service the individual receives. 
(2) Remittance of Supplemental Fees. On or before the fifteenth 
day of each month, program administrators shall remit the 
total of all supplemental fees collected during the prior 
calendar month, less two percent (2%) which, by law, may be 
retained by the program to offset collection and remittance 
costs. 
(A) Remittance shall be mailed to: Mental Health Earnings 
Fund, Controller’s Office, Department of Mental Health, 1706 
East Elm Street, PO Box 596, Jefferson City, MO 65102. 
(B) Transfer of supplemental fees from the program to the 
Mental Health Earnings Fund shall be in the form of a single 
check made payable to the Mental Health Earnings Fund. The 
payment shall include the SATOP Supplemental Fee Remittance 
Summary and Agency Tally Sheet.
(C) Failure to remit supplemental fees to the department on a 
timely basis will be considered cause for revocation of program 
certification. 
1. If supplemental fees, including interest and penalties, 
are not remitted to the department within six (6) months of 
the due date, the Attorney General of the state of Missouri shall 
initiate appropriate action for collection of the fees.
(3) Documentation of Supplemental Fee Transactions. Each 
program shall maintain, at its principal administrative center, 
a single record of all supplemental fee transactions which is 
separate from all other program records. This separate record 
will facilitate audits conducted by the department or the State 
Auditor’s Office. A separate program record of supplemental 
fee transactions shall include copies of monthly remittance 
forms, copies of checks forwarded to the Mental Health 
Earnings Fund, and receipts issued by the department.
(4) Acceptance of Supplemental Fees. The department will only 
accept supplemental fee remittances from certified SATOPs. If 
an agency’s certification is revoked, the department will accept 
the supplemental fees owed prior to the date of revocation. The 
agency shall issue a refund to any individuals from whom a 
supplemental fee was collected after the date of revocation.
(5) Notice of Supplemental Fee. Programs shall post, in places 
readily accessible to persons served, one (1) or more copies 
of a Student Notice Poster which shall be provided by the 
department at no cost to the program. Posters shall explain the 
statutory requirement for the supplemental fees, disposition of 
supplemental fees, and the means by which programs collect 
and remit supplemental fees.
(6) Compliance. Failure to adhere to the stipulations, conditions, 
and requirements set forth in this rule shall be considered 
cause for revocation of program certification. 
AUTHORITY: sections 302.420, 302.425, 302.540, 302.580, 630.050, 
630.053, 630.655, and 631.010, RSMo 2016, and section 577.001, 
56 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
RSMo Supp. 2020.* This rule was originally filed as 9 CSR 30-3.790. 
Original rule filed Sept. 1, 1993, effective Jan. 31, 1994. Amended: 
Filed April 29, 1998, effective Oct. 30, 1998. Moved to 9 CSR 30-
3.208 and amended: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. 
Amended: Filed July 29, 2003, effective March 30, 2004. Amended: 
Filed June 15, 2004, effective Jan. 30, 2005. Amended: Filed Feb. 16, 
2018, effective Aug. 30, 2018. Amended: Filed Nov. 4, 2020, effective 
May 30, 2021.
*Original authority: 302.420, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1993, 1996, 2003, 2014; 
302.425, RSMo 1987, amended 1991, 1996, 2014; 302.540, RSMo 1983, amended 1984, 
1993, 1996, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2014; 302.580, RSMo 1982, amended 1993, 1996, 2003, 
2014; 577.001, RSMo 1982, amended 1986, 1996, 2005, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 
2020; 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.053, RSMo 1993, amended 
1995, 1996, 2011; 630.655, RSMo 1980; and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.210 Clients’ Records
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, 630.140 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. 
Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Amended: 
Filed Jan. 19, 1988, effective July 1, 1988. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 
2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.220 Referral Procedures
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.230 Required Educational Assessment and 
Community Treatment Program (REACT)
PURPOSE: This rule identifies the Department of Mental Health 
(department) as being responsible for the certification of REACT 
programs as mandated by state statute.
(1) Mission. As specified in section 559.633, RSMo, REACT is a 
statewide system of comprehensive, accessible, community-
based education and treatment programs designed for 
individuals who have been found guilty of, or pled guilty to 
a Chapter 195 felony drug offense. The mission of REACT is—
(A) To promote a drug- and crime-free lifestyle for individuals 
served;
(B) To provide education and/or treatment on the multi-
faceted consequences of substance use for individuals served;
(C) To engage individuals appropriate for treatment towards 
personal change and recovery; and
(D) To contribute to public health and safety in Missouri.
(2) Program Functions. REACT programs shall provide or 
arrange for screening, education, and treatment services for 
individuals referred to the program.
(3) Performance Indicators. The following are intended as 
examples of indicators that can be used by the department and 
the organization providing REACT to demonstrate achievement 
of the program’s mission and functions. Indicators can include, 
but are not limited to the following:
(A) Characteristics of persons participating in REACT such 
as type of offense, prior alcohol and drug offenses, and prior 
treatment history;
(B) Consistent use of screening criteria including the rate 
at which persons are assigned to education and treatment 
programs;
(C) Rate at which persons successfully complete REACT;
(D) Reductions in alcohol and drug offenses among those 
who complete REACT; and 
(E) Satisfaction with services and feedback as reported by 
individuals served.
(4) Types of Programs. The department recognizes and certifies 
the following types of REACT programs:
(A) REACT Screening Unit (RSU)—provide substance use 
screenings as part of the assessment process, including an 
individualized interview and recommendation and referral for 
further services for individuals under the purview of section 
559.630, RSMo; and
(B) REACT Education Program (REP)—provide basic education 
over the course of ten (10) hours to assist individuals in 
understanding the choices they made that led to their arrest 
and the resulting consequences. All persons completing this 
course shall develop a personal change plan to assist them in 
preventing future offenses.
(5) Requirements for Program Certification. REACT programs 
shall comply with 9 CSR 30-3.032.
(A) Requirements under 9 CSR 10-7.120 shall be applicable 
based on the type of services provided by the program and 
whether services are offered to individuals and groups at the 
program site. In addition—
1. The program must be located in an office, clinic, or other 
professional setting.
2. Screenings must be located in a setting which 
provides space for private, one-on-one interviews and ensures 
confidentiality. With the department’s written approval, 
screenings may be conducted at other locations on a limited 
basis, if confidentiality is assured and the individual agrees to 
a screening at the alternate site.
(B) The following regulations shall be waived for REACT 
programs unless the department determines a specific 
requirement is applicable due to the unique circumstances 
and service delivery methods of a program:
1. 9 CSR 10-7.010;
2. 9 CSR 10-7.030;
3. 9 CSR 10-7.060;
4. 9 CSR 10-7.070;
5. 9 CSR 10-7.080;
6. 9 CSR 30-3.100; and
7. 9 CSR 30-3.110.
(6) Other Requirements. Agencies certified as a REACT program 
shall follow the regulations in 9 CSR 30-3.201 through 9 CSR 30-
3.208, unless otherwise specified in this rule. 
(7) Staff Requirements. REACT programs shall not utilize any 
person under the supervision of any federal, state, county, 
and/or city correctional department to provide services to 
offenders.
(8) Screening Requirements. All persons referred to REACT shall 
receive an individualized screening prior to participating in 
services to determine the severity of his or her substance use 
disorder and the type of education and/or treatment needed. 
The program shall utilize a screening instrument approved by 
the Department of Corrections (DOC). 
(A) Policies and procedures shall define the program’s 
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 57
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
screening process, including referral criteria when the 
screening determines additional services are needed. The 
screening process shall include, but is not limited to:
1. Collection of demographic information;
2. Use of the standardized screening instrument as required 
by DOC;
3. A face-to-face interview with a qualified addiction 
professional (QAP);
4. A summary report of screening results;
5. Completion of the REACT Offender Assignment form 
and a narrative report provided to the individual’s probation/
parole officer; and
6. Case coordination as needed with the courts, probation 
and parole, and/or DOC to verify education and treatment 
recommendations have been completed.
(B) A written screening recommendation shall be provided 
to the person served.
(C) With proper authorization from the individual served, 
collaborative data may be obtained such as treatment history 
and relevant information from family members and other 
natural supports.
(D) Individuals may participate in a REP with an agency 
that did not conduct his/her screening due to reasonable 
circumstances such as distance, work schedule, or other time-
related factors.
(9) Quality Recommendations. The program must develop 
screening recommendations that are—
(A) Impartial and solely based on the needs of the offender 
and the welfare of society; and
(B) Never used as a means of case finding for any particular 
treatment program or as a marketing tool for any REACT 
program.
(10) Referral Guidelines. The program must base its recom -
mendation and referral plan for each person on the following 
guidelines:
(A) REP unless treatment for a substance use disorder is 
indicated by factors such as other alcohol/drug-related arrests, 
screening instrument recommendations, prior alcohol/drug 
treatment, or other occupational, relationship, or medical 
problems; and
(B) Individuals who have a serious emotional disorder 
or serious mental illness which may interfere with his/her 
participation in REACT shall be referred to a qualified mental 
health professional for an evaluation. Participation in REACT 
may be delayed until the individual’s mental health needs are 
evaluated and necessary services are obtained.
1. RSUs shall maintain an affiliation agreement or 
memorandum of understanding with a certified community 
mental health center or a licensed mental health professional 
in order to promptly coordinate mental health services.
(11) Screening Cost. The cost of the screening is determined by 
DOC and shall be paid by the individual served. The screening 
fee shall not be excessively greater than relative costs indicate 
and include the costs for any case coordination functions 
necessary to—
(A) Monitor the individual’s progress in the education or 
treatment program(s); and/or
(B) Coordinate with the courts or probation and parole.
(12) Notice of Program Assignment and Completion. The RSU 
that conducts the screening shall provide each individual with 
a REACT Offender Assignment form after completion of the 
screening and a REACT Report of Offender Compliance form 
indicating successful completion or unsuccessful completion 
of the education portion of the program.
(A) The RSU shall provide a copy of the REACT Offender 
Assignment form to the referring probation and parole office 
within one (1) week of completion of the screening. The 
RSU shall provide a copy of the REACT Report of Offender 
Compliance form to the referring probation and parole office 
within one (1) week of each individual’s successful program 
completion.
(B) The RSU shall send a copy of the REACT Offender 
Assignment form and the REACT Report of Offender Compliance 
form to DOC, Division of Offender Rehabilitation Services, 2715 
Plaza Drive, Jefferson City, MO 65109.
(C) The RSU shall provide a REACT Completion Certificate 
to each individual served who successfully completes the 
program.
(13) Cost of the REP . The individual served shall pay for the cost 
of the REP . The cost is determined and approved by DOC and 
shall cover the operating expenses of the REP .
(14) Curriculum Guide. The REP shall be conducted in accordance 
with the curriculum established by DOC. A program must 
specifically request and obtain approval from DOC before 
deviating in any manner from the established curriculum.
(15) Treatment Programs Recognized for REACT. When the 
screening indicates the individual’s need for substance use 
disorder treatment, arrangements shall be made for the person 
to participate in such services. 
(A) The recognized providers of treatment services for 
individuals in the REACT program include department-certified, 
deemed certified, and nationally accredited substance use 
disorder treatment programs.
(16) Criteria for Successful Completion of Treatment. In 
order to be recognized by REACT as successfully completing 
treatment, the individual must have written verification 
from a department-certified, deemed certified, or nationally 
accredited substance use disorder treatment program that he 
or she has—
(A) Participated as scheduled in treatment services for a 
period of at least ninety (90) days;
(B) Successfully achieved his/her personal recovery goals; 
and
(C) Met any other program requirements for successful 
completion of treatment. Individuals with a moderate to severe 
substance use disorder who have a history of multiple offenses 
must participate in a minimum of seventy-five (75) hours of 
treatment services during the treatment episode.
(D) Individuals who complete a department-certified, 
deemed certified, or nationally accredited substance use 
disorder treatment program after being charged or adjudicated 
for their offense, but prior to screening with a RSU, must 
receive approval from DOC to waive the REACT requirements as 
a result of his/her participation in such treatment.
(17) Cost of Treatment. The individual served is responsible 
for all costs related to completion of substance use disorder 
treatment referenced in or required by this rule. 
(A) Costs related to treatment shall be based on the 
department’s Standard Means Test sliding fee scale.
(B) Programs may develop long-term payment plans to 
reasonably assist individuals in paying any outstanding 
58 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
balances.
(18) Review and Approval of Costs. All REACT screening and 
education fees approved by DOC shall be periodically reviewed 
and adjusted, if necessary, based on the best interests of 
individuals served, society, and the programs.
(19) Supplemental Fee. All REACT programs shall collect a sixty 
dollar ($60) supplemental fee from all individuals entering the 
program in addition to any other costs that may be charged by 
the program. The supplemental fee shall be collected no more 
than one (1) time from any individual who has entered REACT, 
whether for screening or for an educational program.
(20) Remittance of Supplemental Fees. On or before the 
fifteenth (15th) day of each month, REACT program directors 
shall remit the total of all supplemental fees collected during 
the prior calendar month, less two percent (2%) which, by 
law, may be retained by the program to offset collection and 
remittance costs.
(A) Remittance shall be mailed to: Correctional Substance 
Abuse Earnings Fund, Department of Corrections, 2729 Plaza 
Drive, Jefferson City, MO 65102.
(B) Transfer of supplemental fees from the program to the 
Correctional Substance Abuse Earnings Fund shall be in the 
form of a single check made payable to the Correctional 
Substance Abuse Earnings Fund.
(C) Program remittance checks shall be accompanied by a 
Supplemental Fee Remittance Form (to be provided by DOC 
at no cost to the program), which shall list name and Social 
Security Number of persons paying each supplemental fee 
being remitted.
(21) Documentation of Supplemental Fee Transactions. Each 
REACT program shall maintain, at its principal administrative 
center, a single record of all supplemental fee transactions 
which is separate from all other program records. This separate 
record will facilitate audits that may be conducted periodically 
by the department, DOC, or the state auditor’s office. A separate 
program record of supplemental fee transactions shall include 
copies of monthly remittance forms and copies of checks 
forwarded to the Correctional Substance Abuse Earnings Fund.
(22) Acceptance of Supplemental Fees. DOC shall accept 
supplemental fee remittances only from certified REACT 
programs. Supplemental fee remittances, if received by DOC 
from any agency not certified, will be returned to that agency. 
If an agency’s certification has been revoked, DOC will only 
accept supplemental fee remittances that were collected prior 
to the date the agency’s certification was revoked. Remittances 
collected by the agency from individuals after the date of the 
revocation shall not be accepted by DOC. In such case, the 
supplemental fee must be returned to the individual by the 
agency.
(23) Compliance. Failure to adhere to the stipulations, 
conditions, and requirements set forth in this rule shall be 
considered cause for revocation of program certification.
AUTHORITY: sections 559.630, 559.633, 559.635, 630.050, 630.655, 
and 631.010, RSMo 2016.* This rule originally filed as 9 CSR 30-
3.800. Original rule filed Oct. 16, 1998, effective March 30, 1999. 
Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.230 and amended: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed Jan. 22, 2019, effective Aug. 
30, 2019.
*Original authority: 559.630, RSMo 1998; 559.633, RSMo, 1998, amended 2014; 
559.635, RSMo 1998; 630.050, 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008; 630.655, RSMo 1980; 
and 631.010, RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.240 Medication
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. 
9 CSR 30-3.250 Dietary Services
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Amended: Filed 
June 2, 1988, effective Nov. 1, 1988. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001. 
9 CSR 30-3.300 Prevention Programs
PURPOSE: This rule identifies the expected outcomes, strategies, 
and operational requirements for prevention programs. 
(1) Program Description. A prevention program offers a 
planned, organized set of activities designed to reduce the risk 
of and incidence of illegal or age-inappropriate use of alcohol, 
tobacco, and other drugs.
(A) Prevention activities and services are provided to an 
identified target population within a designated geographic 
area. 
(B) The target population may include individuals, groups, 
organizations, communities, and the general public. The target 
population may include individuals or groups considered to 
be at-risk or high-risk in their potential for substance use; 
however, prevention activities are not specifically or primarily 
directed to persons who need treatment for a substance use 
disorder.
(C) A prevention program provides services that are 
comprehensive, research based, and culturally sensitive and 
relevant. 
(D) A prevention program serves all age groups and 
populations where the need is evident, including special 
populations. 
(2) Use of Risk Reduction Strategies. A prevention program 
implements strategies which reduce the risk of and the 
incidence of illegal or age-inappropriate use of alcohol, 
tobacco, and other drugs. The program shall implement the 
following risk reduction strategies in accordance with the type 
of prevention services and programming it offers: 
(A) Increase awareness of the nature and extent of such 
substance use and their effects on individuals, families, and 
communities;
(B) Inform others about available prevention and treatment 
services;
(C) Develop social and life skills which reduce the potential 
for such substance use; 
(D) Identify and address risk and protective factors associated 
with substance use; 
(E) Provide and assist with constructive and healthy activities 
to offset the attraction of such substance use or to meet needs 
which otherwise may be fulfilled by these substances;
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 59
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
(F) Identify persons who may have become involved in the 
initial, inappropriate, or illegal use of alcohol, tobacco, and/
or other drugs and then arrange support and other referrals, 
as needed;
(G) Assess community needs and assist in the development of 
community planning and action;
(H) Establish or change community attitudes, norms, and 
policies known to influence the incidence of such substance 
use; 
(I) Actively intervene with individuals and populations who 
have multiple risk factors for such substance use; and 
(J) Organize, coordinate, train, and assist other community 
groups and organizations in their efforts to reduce such 
substance use.
(3) Types of Certified Programs. An agency may be certified to 
provide one (1) or more of the following types of prevention 
programs: 
(A) Primary Prevention Program; 
(B) Targeted Prevention Program; or 
(C) Statewide Prevention Resource Center. 
(4) Requirements for Certification. A prevention program shall 
comply with rules and standards listed under 9 CSR 30-3.032. 
(A) Requirements under 9 CSR 10-7.120 are applicable based 
on the type of services provided by the prevention program 
and whether services are offered to individuals and groups at 
the program site.
(B) The following rules and standards are waived for 
prevention programs, unless the department determines 
that a specific requirement is applicable due to the unique 
circumstances and service delivery methods of a program:
1. 9 CSR 10-7.010;
2. 9 CSR 10-7.020;
3. 9 CSR 10-7.030;
4. 9 CSR 10-7.060;
5. 9 CSR 10-7.070; 
6. 9 CSR 10-7.080;
7. 9 CSR 30-3.100; and
8. 9 CSR 30-3.110.
(5) Qualifications of Staff. Services shall be provided by a 
qualified prevention specialist who demonstrates substantial 
skill by being—
(A) A graduate of an accredited college or university with 
a bachelor’s degree in community development, education, 
public administration, public health, psychology, sociology, 
social work, or closely related field and have one (1) year 
or more of full-time equivalent professional experience in 
education, public health, mental health, human services, or 
a closely related area. Additional years of experience may 
be substituted on a year-for-year basis for the education 
requirement; or
(B) A prevention professional that is credentialed by the 
Missouri Credentialing Board to provide prevention services. 
(6) Documentation of Resources and Services. All prevention 
programs shall maintain—
(A) A current listing of resources within the geographic area 
in order to readily identify available substance use disorder 
treatment and prevention resources, as well as other resources 
applicable to the target population;
(B) Informational and technical materials that are current, 
relevant, and appropriate to the program’s goals, content, and 
target population. 
1. Materials and their use shall accommodate persons with 
special needs, or the materials can be readily adapted to meet 
those needs. 
2. Materials shall be periodically reviewed by staff and 
advisory board to ensure relevance to the target population 
and consistency with current prevention research. The advisory 
board shall include members of the target population and a 
broad range of representatives from other community groups 
and organizations; and
(C) A record of all service activities. The record shall—
1. Identify the presenter and participants; 
2. Describe the service activity; 
3. State how the activity meets the specific needs of the 
individual, group, or community organization served; 
4. Include consents for participation or releases of 
information, as applicable; and 
5. Include or summarize participant evaluations, as 
applicable. 
(7) Primary Prevention Program. A Primary Prevention Program 
shall offer comprehensive services and activities to a specified 
target population(s) in its effort to reduce the risk of and 
incidence of illegal or age-inappropriate use or misuse of 
alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs.
(A) A primary prevention program shall offer all of the 
following types of prevention services: information, education, 
alternatives, problem identification and referral, community-
based process, and environmental services. 
1. Unless otherwise indicated, the target population 
for information, education, alternatives, and problem 
identification and referral services shall include, but is not 
limited to, one (1) or more of the following: persons who are at 
risk for a substance use disorder; families or friends, or both, 
of persons at risk for a substance use disorder; school officials 
or employers of persons at risk for a substance use disorder; 
caretakers and families of elderly or populations with other 
special needs. 
2. Unless otherwise indicated, the target population 
for community-based process and environmental services 
shall include, but is not limited to, persons at risk for a 
substance use disorder; community groups mobilizing to 
combat inappropriate substance use including civic and 
volunteer organizations; church; schools; business; healthcare 
facilities and retirement communities; state and municipal 
governments; and other related community organizations.
(B) Information services shall increase awareness of the 
nature, extent, and effects of such substance use. 
1. Information services are characterized by one- (1-) way 
communication from the presenter to the target population.
2. In addition to the target populations listed in subsection 
(7)(A), the target population information services may include 
the general public.
3. Examples of information service activities include: 
distributing written materials such as brochures, pamphlets, 
newsletters, resources directories, and other relevant 
materials; distributing audiovisual materials such as films, 
tapes, public service announcements, and other relevant 
materials; functioning as information resource center or 
clearinghouse; arranging speakers and presentations; and 
operating as a designated access point for computerized 
information networks.
(C) Education services shall develop social and life skills, 
such as conflict resolution, decision-making, leadership, peer 
resistance, and refusal skills.
1. Education services are characterized by interaction 
60 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
between the facilitator and the participants to promote certain 
skills and behaviors. 
2. Examples of education service activities include 
classroom or small group sessions for person of any age, 
peer leader and helper programs, and parenting and family 
management classes. 
(D) Alternatives shall provide healthy and constructive 
activities to offset the attraction of such substance use or 
to meet needs which otherwise may be fulfilled by these 
substances.
1. Alternative services engage the target population in 
recreational and other activities that exclude such substance 
use. 
2. Examples of alternative service activities include 
developing and supporting community service activities, teen 
institutes and other leadership training and activities for 
youth, adults, parents, school faculty, or others.
(E) Problem identification and referral services shall assist 
in arranging support, education, and other referrals, as 
needed, for persons who have become involved in the initial, 
inappropriate, or illegal use of alcohol, tobacco, and drugs. 
1. This service does not include a professional or 
comprehensive assessment and determination of the need for 
substance use disorder treatment. 
2. Examples of specific problem identification and referral 
activities include training and consultation to student assistance 
programs, employee assistance programs, medication support 
programs for the elderly, and other programs and organizations 
that may intervene with persons in the target population. 
(F) Community-based process shall involve the assessment of 
community needs and the promotion of community planning 
and action in order to enhance other prevention and treatment 
services and to reduce the incidence of such substance use.
1. The target population shall include community 
coalitions. A community coalition must have broad-based 
community representation and participation, such as civic 
organizations, neighborhood groups, churches, schools, law 
enforcement, healthcare and substance treatment facilities, 
businesses, and governmental organizations. 
2. Examples of community-based process activities include 
assessing community needs and risk factors and recruiting, 
training, and consulting with community coalitions.
(G) Environmental services shall positively effect community 
policies, attitudes, and norms known to influence the incidence 
of such substance use.
1. Environmental services may address legal/regulatory 
initiatives, service/action initiatives, or both. 
2. Examples of environmental services include maintaining 
current information regarding environmental strategies; 
training and consulting with community coalitions in the 
development and implementation of such strategies; serving 
as a resource to school, businesses, and other community 
organizations in the development of policies; and providing 
information regarding alcohol and tobacco availability, 
advertising and pricing strategies. 
(8) Targeted Prevention Program. A Targeted Prevention Program 
shall actively intervene with individuals and populations that 
have multiple risk factors for the illegal or age-inappropriate 
use or misuse of alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs. The 
program shall reduce risk factors and reduce the likelihood of 
such substance use and include effective prevention strategies 
that are based on research findings.
(A) The target population shall include: 
1. Persons at risk of developing a substance use disorder, 
such as out-of-school youth, youth dropouts, or persons prone 
to violence; and 
2. Individuals and groups that influence those persons 
at risk for a substance use disorder, such as parents; teachers, 
families and caretakers of elderly, or populations with other 
special needs; and school based and community groups, 
including civic and volunteer organizations, churches, and 
other related community organizations.
(B) The program may be located in school or other community 
settings.
(C) The program shall provide and promote social and 
emotional support, skill development, counseling, and other 
preventive services for persons and populations with multiple 
risk factors.
(D) Examples of specific services and activities include early 
identification and intervention; efforts to prevent dropping out 
of school; after-school recreational and educational activities; 
development of social and life skills such as conflict resolution, 
decision making, leadership, peer resistance, and refusal skills; 
group counseling or individual counseling, or both; parent 
training and consultation with school staff or other community 
organizations. 
(9) Statewide Prevention Resource Center. A statewide 
prevention resource center shall organize, coordinate, train, 
assist, and recognize community, regional, and state resources 
in their efforts to reduce the illegal or age-inappropriate use or 
misuse of alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs. 
(A) The target population shall include community 
coalitions and other community organizations including 
primary prevention programs; and other community and state 
resources. 
(B) Examples of specific activities include: 
1. Conducting statewide and regional workshops and 
conferences;
2. Where applicable, distributing a state-wide newsletter 
that contains current information about prevention activities 
and issues; 
3. Providing information and technical assistance 
regarding effective prevention strategies that are based on 
research findings; 
4. Recognizing accomplishments by community coalitions 
and sponsoring recognition events;
5. Coordinating prevention activities and resources 
development with other state level organizations and state 
agencies; and 
6. Expanding and strengthening the network of community 
and state organizations involved in prevention activities. 
(10) All prevention programs shall participate in program 
evaluation activities as required by the department. 
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 2016.* This rule was originally 
filed as 9 CSR 30-3.630. Original rule filed May 13, 1983, effective 
Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded and readopted: Filed June 27, 1995, 
effective Dec. 30, 1995. Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.300 and amended: 
Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. Amended: Filed Oct. 
15, 2001, effective April 30, 2002. Amended: Filed March 9, 2018, 
effective Oct. 30, 2018.
*Original authority: 630.655, RSMo 1980.
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 61
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
9 CSR 30-3.310 Recovery Support Programs 
PURPOSE: This rule describes the certification and service delivery 
requirements for recovery support programs.
PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The secretary of state has determined that the 
publication of the entire text of the material which is incorporated 
by reference as a portion of this rule would be unduly cumbersome 
or expensive. This material as incorporated by reference in this 
rule shall be maintained by the agency at its headquarters and 
shall be made available to the public for inspection and copying 
at no more than the actual cost of reproduction. This note applies 
only to the reference material. The entire text of the rule is printed 
here.
(1) Program Description. Recovery support programs offer 
individuals recovery support services such as care coordination, 
spiritual and group counseling, life skills training, recovery 
housing, and transportation assistance, before, during, after, 
or independent of substance use disorder treatment provided 
by an organization certified by the department. These services 
are offered in a multitude of settings including, but not limited 
to, community support groups, faith-based organizations, and 
self-help and peer recovery groups. Recovery support programs 
are person-centered, allowing individuals the opportunity to 
direct his/her recovery process. 
(2) Types of Programs. Certification is available for the following 
types of recovery support programs and services: 
(A) Care coordination. Care coordination consists of assisting 
individuals with accessing the network of services and other 
community resources available to facilitate retention in 
substance use disorder treatment and/or sustained recovery. 
This may include, but is not limited to, consultation with the 
individual’s treatment provider, procurement of medication 
for a mental and/or substance use disorder through charitable 
programs, assistance in finding and securing permanent 
housing, development of a social support system, and when 
funded by the department, bus passes to eligible individuals. 
A care coordination service provider shall meet the following 
requirements: 
1. Services shall be provided by recovery support program 
staff; 
2. Services shall include, but are not limited to: 
A. Arranging, referring, and when necessary, advocating 
for quality services to which the individual is entitled; 
B. Monitoring provider service delivery and ensuring 
communication among service providers; 
C. Locating and coordinating services specific to crisis 
resolution; and
D. Training in resource acquisition; 
(B) Peer recovery drop-in center. Peer recovery drop-in center 
service emphasizes building peer relationships to help support 
personal choice(s), respect, and recovery. A peer recovery 
drop-in center shall meet the following requirements:
1. Each center shall be managed by a Missouri Recovery 
Support Specialist or Missouri Recovery Specialist – Peer as 
designated by the Missouri Credentialing Board; 
2. Each center shall be staffed with a minimum of eighty 
percent (80%) staff and volunteers who are in recovery from a 
substance use disorder or co-occurring mental and substance 
use disorder; 
3. The drop-in center shall create a home-like environment, 
including a living room type space with chairs, couches, and 
lighting for informal conversation, and a separate space for 
group meetings;
4. The drop-in center shall provide coffee, tea, or other free 
or low-cost beverages and may offer free or low-cost healthy 
food items;
5. The drop-in center shall offer recreational activities 
that induce social interaction, such as playing cards and other 
games, as well as the opportunity to participate in formal peer 
counseling and structured life-skill building groups; 
6. The drop-in center shall provide a physically and 
emotionally safe environment that is accessible on foot or 
through public transportation; otherwise, the program shall 
provide or arrange for alternative transportation; 
7. The drop-in center hours of operation shall be geared 
to the needs of individuals and include evening and weekend 
hours, at a minimum five (5) days per week for four (4) hours 
per day;
8. Drop-in center services shall be voluntary, free of charge, 
and free of expectations of length of participation; 
9. A calendar of groups meetings, educational 
opportunities, and recreational activities shall be posted and 
updated at least monthly; and
10. Drop-in center services shall provide information 
on and coordination with social service support agencies in 
the community, as well as traditional behavioral health and 
physical health care service providers; 
(C) Recovery coaching. Recovery coaching offers the 
individual support to develop proactive recovery-oriented 
problem solving skills for the future. A recovery coaching 
program shall meet the following requirements: 
1. Recovery coaching shall be offered before, after, or 
concurrently with any department-funded certified substance 
use disorder treatment program; 
2. Recovery coaching shall be a one-to-one service 
delivered face-to-face or, with department approval, through 
telehealth; 
3. Recovery coaching shall not be considered a substitute 
for services delivered by a certified substance use disorder 
treatment program; 
4. Recovery coaching shall be provided by a Missouri 
Recovery Support Specialist or a Missouri Recovery Support 
Specialist - Peer as designated by the Missouri Credentialing 
Board; and
5. Recovery coaching services and activities shall include, 
but are not limited to: 
A. Helping individuals connect with peers and their 
communities to develop a network for information and 
support;
B. Sharing experiences of recovery, including the use of 
recovery tools, and modeling successful recovery behaviors;
C. Helping individuals make independent choices and 
taking a proactive role in their recovery;
D. Assisting individuals with identifying strengths and 
personal resources to aid in setting and achieving recovery 
goals; and
E. Conducting periodic recovery management check-ups 
and assessing victories, strengths, challenges, and setbacks;
6. Wellness coaching is recovery coaching that focuses on 
the relevant physical health factors previously identified by the 
individual as problematic, including:
A. Low levels of physical activity/sedentary lifestyle;
B. Use of tobacco and other addictive substances;
C. Lack of nutrition and dietary education;
D. Diet and glucose monitoring for diabetes prevention 
and management;
E. Oral hygiene/dental health practices; and/or
62 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
F. Use of medications which contribute to metabolic 
syndrome, obesity, and other health conditions;
7. Employment coaching is recovery coaching that assists 
individuals in finding and maintaining competitive and gainful 
employment and may include, but is not limited to:
A. Assisting in identifying tasks and activities geared 
toward career exploration and planning; 
B. Assisting with job searching and preparation; and/or
C. Assisting in the development of self-management 
skills, interpersonal skills for the workplace, social and 
communication skills, and job maintenance;
(D) Spiritual counseling. Spiritual counseling helps 
individuals explore problems and conflicts from a spiritual 
perspective. Spiritual counseling shall meet the following 
requirements: 
1. Services shall be provided by qualified clergy. A qualified 
clergy is defined as an ordained clergy by a recognized religious 
organization with at least one (1) of the following credentials: 
A. Missouri Recovery Support Specialist (MRSS); 
B. Missouri Recovery Support Specialist-Peer (MRSS-P); 
C. Certified Alcohol Drug Counselor (CADC); 
D. Certified Reciprocal Alcohol Drug Counselor (CRADC);
E. Certified Reciprocal Advanced Alcohol Drug Counselor 
(CRAADC); 
F. Recognized Substance Abuse Professional (RSAP); 
G. Certified Criminal Justice Professional (CCJP); 
H. Physician; 
I. Licensed Professional Counselor (LPC); 
J. Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist (LMFT); 
K. Licensed Clinical Social Worker (LCSW); or 
L. Licensed Psychologist; 
2. Religious organization shall mean that defined in 
352.400.1(5), RSMo. 
3. The individual’s spiritual beliefs, morals, ideas, values, 
and conflicts shall be explored in a safe and non-judgmental 
manner; and 
4. Spiritual counseling services shall include one (1) or 
more of the following: 
A. Establishing or re-establishing a relationship with a 
higher power; 
B. Developing personal connectedness with a spiritual, 
religious, or faith-based entity; 
C. Acquiring skills needed to cope with life-changing 
incidents;
D. Adopting positive values or principles; 
E. Identifying a sense of purpose and mission for one’s 
life; 
F. Achieving serenity and peace of mind; 
G. Finding life purpose;
H. Overcoming emotional, social, mental, or physical 
obstacles; and/or
I. Putting pain and grief into perspective;
(E) Support, educational, or life-skills groups. Support, 
educational, or life-skills groups provide support for individuals 
in recovery by offering encouragement and connections with 
others who share similar experiences. Support, educational, or 
life-skills groups shall meet the following requirements:
1. Group services shall address recovery, employment, 
spiritual, and/or wellness issues relevant to the needs of the 
individuals served;
2. Groups may be formed around shared identity such as 
common cultural or religious affiliation, shared experiences, 
and/or goals such as community re-entry following 
incarceration, HIV status, or challenges in parenting; 
3. Group sessions may consist of the presentation of 
general information and application of the information to 
participants through group discussion designed to promote 
recovery and enhance social functioning; 
4. Support group services shall include, but are not limited 
to:
A. Classroom-style didactic lecture to present information 
about a topic and its relationship to substance use disorders 
and recovery; 
B. Presentation of educational audiovisual materials 
with required follow-up discussion; 
C. Promotion of discussion and questions about the 
topic presented to the individuals in attendance; 
D. Generalization of the information and demonstration 
of its relevance to recovery and enhanced functioning; 
E. Facilitating disclosure of issues that permits 
generalization of the issue to the larger group; 
F. Promoting positive help-seeking and supportive 
behaviors; and
G. Encouraging and modeling productive and positive 
interpersonal communication;
5. A support, educational, or life-skills group session shall 
include a qualified facilitator and at least two (2) but no more 
than thirty (30) individuals per group in order to promote 
participation; 
(F) Transportation. Transportation services assist individuals 
enrolled in a certified recovery support program or substance 
use disorder treatment program in achieving and sustaining 
recovery goals when they do not have the means to provide 
personal transportation. Transportation services shall meet the 
following requirements: 
1. Transportation shall be limited to specific destinations 
and/or appointments as defined by the department. Allowable 
transportation services shall include:
A. To and from a certified substance use disorder 
treatment program;
B. To and from a certified recovery support program;
C. To and from a doctor’s appointment, dental 
appointment, or appointment with other healthcare providers;
D. To and from probation and parole, court, or other 
criminal justice agencies; and
E. To and from employment-seeking activities and/or 
active employment;
2. Staff or volunteers who provide transportation services 
shall meet the background screening requirements in 9 CSR 
10-5.190 and hold a class E chauffeur’s license, or if transporting 
more than fifteen (15) passengers, a CDL license;
3. The vehicle used for transportation shall be currently 
licensed, properly insured, and provide safe and reliable 
transportation for individuals served;
4. Staff or volunteers who provide transportation shall 
have access to a communication device in the vehicle at all 
times;
(G) Recovery housing. Recovery housing is a direct service 
that provides supervised, short-term housing to individuals 
with substance use disorders or co-occurring mental and 
substance use disorders. Recovery housing services shall meet 
the following requirements: 
1. To be eligible for recovery housing, the individual 
shall be participating in a department certified and funded 
substance use disorder treatment program or recovery support 
program; 
2. Recovery housing levels of support and supervision shall 
include one (1) of the following:
A. Peer-run: At least weekly house meetings facilitated 
by staff; or
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 63
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
B. Monitored: At least a daily monitoring visit by staff; or
C. Supervised: twenty-four- (24-) hour supervision of 
individuals by staff, with a minimum of three (3) different staff 
members providing supervision per twenty-four- (24-) hour 
period;
3. Each recovery housing provider that offers the self-
pay option to individuals served shall have written rental 
agreement policies and procedures that include, but are not 
limited to:
A. An explanation of the housing arrangements shall be 
posted in all housing units;
B. The grounds for termination of the rental agreement;
C. The terms of the agreement shall be established and 
explained to each individual at admission to housing services; 
and
D. If an individual enters into a rental agreement for 
housing with the recovery support organization, a signed copy 
of that rental agreement shall be kept in the individual record;
4. Recovery housing properties shall—
A. Provide proof of an initial successful Housing Quality 
Standards (HQS) inspection conducted by an HQS inspector;
B. Provide proof of a successful annual fire inspection; 
and
C. Provide proof of meeting all local government 
occupancy/safety requirements such as an occupancy permit, 
zoning approval, and/or other correspondence showing 
approval from the local municipal or county governing body;
5. Recovery housing properties inspected and approved as 
meeting standards of a state/local/regional/national provider 
organization such as the National Association of Recovery 
Residences shall be exempt from requirements in paragraph 
(2)(G)4. of this rule.
(3) Specialized Services. Recovery support programs that 
specialize in serving minority or other populations with unique 
recovery needs may tailor individual and group services to 
address specific needs. These specialized populations, services, 
and philosophies may be combined in multiple ways to 
include, but not be limited to:
(A) Employment;
(B) Faith and spiritual beliefs;
(C) Housing;
(D) Offender re-entry; 
(E) Peer supports; and
(F) Wellness.
(4) Program Certification. Certification is required for a 
recovery support organization to obtain and maintain a 
contract with the department, to participate in department 
programs eligible for Medicaid reimbursement, and to serve 
individuals whose referral sources require the provider to be 
certified by the department. Organizations accredited under 
standards of care for recovery support services by the National 
Association of Recovery Residences (NARR), the Council on 
Accreditation of Peer Recovery Support Services (CAPRSS), the 
local affiliates of NARR or CAPRSS, or other entity recognized 
by the department may be eligible for certification through 
deeming. Certification or deemed status does not constitute 
an assurance or guarantee that the department or other entity 
will fund or utilize designated services or programs.
(A) An organization seeking certification or deemed status 
as a recovery support program shall comply with certification 
requirements set forth in 9 CSR 10-7.130, as well as all department 
rules and standards contained herein. 
(B) The following core rules for psychiatric and substance use 
disorder treatment programs shall be met by recovery support 
programs: 
1. 9 CSR 10-7.010 Treatment Principles and Outcomes;
2. 9 CSR 10-7.020 Rights, Responsibilities, and Grievances; 
3. 9 CSR 10-7.040 Quality Improvement; 
4. 9 CSR 10-7.050 Research; 
5. 9 CSR 10-7.060 Behavior Management;
6. 9 CSR 10-7.070 Medications;
7. 9 CSR 10-7.080 Dietary Service;
8. 9 CSR 10-7.090 Governing Authority and Program 
Administration; 
9. 9 CSR 10-7.100 Fiscal Management; 
10. 9 CSR 10-7.110 Personnel;
11. 9 CSR 10-7.120 Physical Plant and Safety; 
12. 9 CSR 10-7.130 Procedures to Obtain Certification; 
13. 9 CSR 10-7.140 Definitions. 
(C) The following general program procedures shall be met 
by recovery support programs:
1. 9 CSR 10-5.190 Background Screening for Employees and 
Volunteers; 
2. 9 CSR 10-5.200 Report of Complaints of Abuse, Neglect, 
and Misuse of Funds/Property;
3. 9 CSR 10-5.206 Report of Events;
4. 9 CSR 10-5.210 Exceptions Committee Procedures;
5. 9 CSR 10-5.220 Privacy Rule of Health Insurance 
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA); and
6. 9 CSR 10-5.230 Hearings Procedures.
(D) The following department rules and standards shall be 
waived for recovery support programs unless the department 
determines that a specific requirement is applicable due to 
the unique circumstances and service delivery methods of a 
particular recovery support program:
1. 9 CSR 10-7.030 Service Delivery Process and 
Documentation; 
2. 9 CSR 30-3.100 Service Delivery Process and 
Documentation; and
3. 9 CSR 30-3.110 Service Definitions and Staff Qualifications.
(5) Staff. Qualified staff shall be available in sufficient numbers 
to ensure effective service delivery.
(A) All staff and volunteers of recovery support programs 
shall meet background screening requirements in 9 CSR 
10-5.190. The Missouri Department of Health and Senior 
Services Family Care Registry or other department-approved 
background screening service shall be used. 
(B) All staff and volunteers who have contact with individuals 
receiving services shall, at a minimum, meet department-
approved qualifications and complete six (6) hours of annual 
training on ethics and professional boundaries. The six (6) 
hours of annual ethics and boundaries training shall apply 
to the required thirty-six (36) hours of training, every two (2) 
years, for personnel as referenced in 9 CSR 10-7.110(2)(E)1.
(C) Training activities shall be documented in each 
employee’s personnel file and shall include the training topic, 
name of instructor, date(s) of training, certification/continuing 
education units, and location.
(D) Former recipients of services who transition to staff 
and volunteer roles shall have been in continuous personal 
recovery from a substance use disorder or co-occurring mental 
and substance use disorder for a period equal to or greater than 
twelve (12) months. Continuous personal recovery shall mean 
the individual—
1. Has not used any illegal drugs;
2. Has not used any physician-prescribed medication in a 
non-prescribed way;
64 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
3. Has not used any over-the-counter medication except 
for its intended use; 
4. Has abstained from all use of alcohol; and
5. Is successfully managing their mental illness.
(E) All staff and volunteers of a certified recovery support 
program shall adhere to the Missouri Recovery Support 
Specialist (MRSS) Code of Ethics, or if functioning in a peer role, 
Missouri Recovery Support Specialist - Peer (MRSS-P) Code of 
Ethics, January, 2016, incorporated by reference, without any 
later amendments or additions, as published by the Missouri 
Credentialing Board, 428 E. Capitol Avenue, Jefferson City, MO 
65101. 
(F) The recovery support program shall establish and 
consistently implement policies and procedures to guide the 
roles and activities of volunteers and staff in an organized and 
productive manner. 
(G) Minimum qualifications for supervision of staff and 
volunteers include holding any of the following credentials: 
qualified substance abuse professional (QSAP) as defined in 
9 CSR 10-7.140(2)(RR); Licensed Professional Counselor (LPC); 
Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist (LMFT); Licensed 
Clinical Social Worker (LCSW); Licensed Psychologist; qualified 
clergy as defined in paragraph (2)(D)1. of this rule; or a 
director of a certified recovery support program. Acceptable 
supervision shall include a minimum of one (1) hour every 
month of face-to-face individual or group supervision.
(6) Admission Criteria. The criteria for admission to a recovery 
support program shall include at least one (1) of the following: 
(A) The individual has a current substance use disorder or 
co-occurring mental and substance use disorder as identified 
in the screening and assessment process outlined in section (8) 
of this rule;
(B) The individual is in recovery from a substance use 
disorder or co-occurring mental and substance use disorder 
and in need of services as identified in the screening and 
assessment process outlined in section (8) of this rule; or
(C) The individual is re-entering the community from a 
correctional facility and has a prior history of a substance use 
disorder or co-occurring mental and substance use disorder. 
(7) Treatment Goals. Successful outcomes for individuals 
participating in recovery support services include, but are not 
limited to: 
(A) Obtaining and maintaining sobriety;
(B) Minimizing the risk of relapse; 
(C) Improving family, natural support, and social relation -
ships; 
(D) Improving employment/educational func tioning; 
(E) Promoting productive use of time;
(F) Developing social support;
(G) Developing spiritual support;
(H) Developing safe and stable housing;
(I) Complying with all legal, court, probation, or parole 
requirements; 
(J) Minimizing harmful social or behavioral risk; and/or
(K) Improving physical health and wellness.
(8) Screening, Assessment, and Recovery Plan. Each individual 
participating in recovery support services, as defined in this 
rule, shall be subject to a screening, an assessment, and the 
development of an individualized recovery plan.
(A) Screening. Each individual requesting a recovery support 
service(s) shall have prompt access to a screening to determine 
eligibility, substance use and/or co-occurring mental and 
substance use disorder history, and recovery needs. The 
screening shall—
1. Be conducted by a recovery support program and/or 
substance use disorder treatment program certified by the 
department;
2. Be conducted by trained staff;
3. Be responsive to the individual’s requests and needs; 
and
4. Include written notice to the individual regarding 
service eligibility and an initial course of action. If indicated, 
the individual shall be linked to other appropriate services and 
resources in the community. Referrals to other community 
resources shall include active care coordination to ensure the 
individual accesses appropriate supports.
(B) Assessment. Each individual requesting a recovery 
support service(s) shall participate in a recovery-oriented 
assessment that identifies his/her needs and goals, guides the 
development of an individualized recovery plan, and ensures 
engagement in appropriate recovery services. The participation 
of family and other natural supports and collateral parties (e.g., 
referral source, employer, other community agencies) in the 
assessment and development of the recovery plan shall be 
encouraged, as appropriate, and based upon the wishes of the 
individual.
1. The assessment shall be conducted by an organization 
certified by the department as a substance use disorder 
treatment program or a recovery support program.
2. The assessment shall be completed by a person who 
meets established criteria for a qualified substance abuse 
professional (QSAP) as defined in 9 CSR 10-7.140(2)(RR). 
3. The assessment shall be completed within thirty (30) 
days of initial contact with the recovery support program. This 
time period does not include weekends and holidays observed 
by the state of Missouri.
A. If an individual is determined to have active or a 
severe substance use disorder, mental illness, or co-occurring 
mental and substance use disorder, presents symptoms of 
intoxication, impairment or withdrawal, cannot achieve 
abstinence without close monitoring, or requires structured 
support and daily supervision, he or she shall be referred to a 
certified substance use disorder treatment program or certified 
community mental health center for services. 
B. The recovery support program may provide interim 
services for individuals with severe substance use, mental 
illness, or a co-occurring mental and substance use disorder 
while he/she is waiting for higher intensity services.
4. Documentation of the screening and assessment shall 
include, but is not limited to, the following:
A. Demographic and identifying information;
B. Needs, goals, and expectations from the person 
requesting services;
C. Presenting situation/problem and referral source;
D. History of previous and current psychiatric and/or 
substance use disorder treatment;
E. Wellness screening;
F. Current medications and medication allergies;
G. Alcohol and drug use history, including duration, 
patterns, and consequences of use;
H. Current psychiatric symptoms;
I. Family, social, legal, vocational and educational status, 
and functioning;
J. Current use of resources and services from other 
community agencies; and 
K. Personal strengths, including family and other natural 
supports, social, peer, and recovery history.
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 65
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
5. The recovery support program shall actively coordinate 
other services and make appropriate referrals to ensure the 
safety and well-being of individuals with severe substance use, 
mental illness, physical health conditions, or other basic needs. 
(C) Individualized Recovery Plan. The individualized recovery 
plan shall reflect the person’s unique needs and goals with a 
focus on integration and inclusion in his/her community, 
building healthy relationships with family and other natural 
supports systems, and accessing other community supports. 
Services may begin before the assessment is completed and the 
recovery plan is fully developed. 
1. Each individual participating in a recovery support 
program shall actively participate in the creation of a recovery 
plan within thirty (30) days of admission to the recovery 
support program. A qualified substance abuse professional and 
other member(s) of the individual’s recovery team shall also 
participate in development of the recovery plan.
2. The recovery plan shall guide ongoing service delivery 
and shall be signed by the individual.
3. The recovery plan shall be based on the individual’s 
initial screening and assessment as well as an assisted self-
assessment of his or her goals and the strengths and capacities 
that he or she will use or rely upon to achieve these goals. 
4. Service needs beyond the scope of the recovery support 
program that are being addressed by referral to or coordination 
with another community organization shall be included in the 
recovery plan. 
5. Progress toward achievement of recovery goals shall 
be reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure the plan reflects 
current issues and maintains relevance for the individual. Each 
individual shall directly participate in regular reviews and 
updates of their recovery plan and shall sign the review.
(9) Organized Record System. Each recovery support program 
shall have an organized record system for each individual that 
receives recovery support services.
(A) Records shall be maintained in a manner that ensures 
confidentiality and security. The organization shall abide by all 
local, state, and federal laws and regulations concerning the 
confidentiality of records.
(B) If records are maintained on a computer system, there 
shall be a backup process in place to safeguard records in the 
event of operator or equipment failure and to ensure security 
from inadvertent or unauthorized access.
(C) The recovery support program shall retain individual 
records for at least six (6) years from the date of service or until 
all litigation, adverse audit findings, or both, are resolved.
(D) The recovery support program shall assure ready access 
to all records, including computerized records, by authorized 
staff and other authorized parties including department staff.
(10) Documentation. Services funded by the department shall 
be entered in the department-approved electronic record 
system. Services documented shall be legible, clear, complete, 
accurate, and recorded in a timely fashion not to exceed 
twenty-four (24) hours from service delivery with indelible ink, 
print, or approved electronic record system.
(A) Entries shall be dated and authenticated by the staff 
member providing the service, including name and title. Any 
errors on paper documentation shall be marked through with 
a single line, initialed, and dated.
(B) There shall be documentation of services provided and 
results accomplished. 
(C) Individual service notes and group logs shall include:
1. Description of the specific service provided;
2. The date and actual time (beginning and ending times) 
the service was rendered;
3. Name and title of the person who rendered the service;
4. The setting in which the service was rendered;
5. The relationship of the services to the recovery plan; and
6. Description of the individual’s response to the service 
provided.
(D) Where applicable, the record shall also include 
documentation of referrals to other services or community 
resources and the outcome of those referrals, signed 
authorization to release confidential information, missed 
appointments and efforts to re-engage the individual, urine 
drug screening or other toxicology reports, and crisis or other 
significant events that may impact the recovery process.
AUTHORITY: section 630.050, RSMo Supp. 2013, and section 
630.055, RSMo 2000.* Original rule filed on April 4, 2016, effective 
Oct. 30, 2016.
*Original authority: 630.050, RSMo 1980, amended 1993, 1995, 2008 and 630.055, 
RSMo 1980.
9 CSR 30-3.400 Social Setting Detoxification
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.410 Modified Medical Detoxification
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.420 Medical Detoxification Services
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.500 Residential Programs
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.510 Adolescent Program
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original 
rule filed May 6, 1985, effective Sept. 1, 1985. Amended: Filed Dec. 
16, 1988, effective March 15, 1989. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, 
effective Dec. 30, 1995. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
66 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
9 CSR 30-3.600 Outpatient Programs
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001. 
9 CSR 30-3.610 Methadone Treatment
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.132)
9 CSR 30-3.611 Compulsive Gambling Treatment
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.134)
9 CSR 30-3.620 Information and Referral Program
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050 and 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original 
rule filed May 13, 1983, effective Sept. 13, 1983. Rescinded: Filed 
Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.621 Central Intake Program
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 630.050, RSMo Supp. 1993 and 630.655, 
RSMo 1986. Original rule filed Sept. 15, 1994, effective Feb. 26, 
1995. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.630 Prevention Programs
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.300)
9 CSR 30-3.700 Substance Abuse Traffic Offender Programs 
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.201)
9 CSR 30-3.710 Definitions
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 302.510, 302.540, 577.001, 577.049, 577.520, 
577.525, 630.050 and 630.053, RSMo Supp. 1997 and 630.655 
and 631.010, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective 
May 15, 1988. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 4, 1988, effective 
Oct. 14, 1988, expired Jan. 14, 1989. Amended: Filed Oct. 4, 1988, 
effective Jan. 14, 1989. Emergency amendment filed April 4, 1989, 
effective April 14, 1989, expired July 14, 1989. Amended: Filed April 
4, 1989, effective July 14, 1989. Emergency amendment filed April 
4, 1989, effective April 14, 1989, expired July 14, 1989. Emergency 
amendment filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, expired Oct. 
28, 1994. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, effective 
Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 24, 1995. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, effective 
Oct. 30, 1998. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.720 Procedures to Obtain Certification
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 302.540, 577.001, 577.049, 577.520, 577.525, 
630.050 and 630.053, RSMo Supp. 1997 and 630.655 and 631.010, 
RSMo 1994. Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. 
Emergency amendment filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, 
expired Oct. 28, 1994. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, 
effective Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 24, 1995. Amended: Filed May 
3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, 
effective Oct. 30, 1998. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.730 Administration
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.202)
9 CSR 30-3.740 Environment
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 302.540, 577.001, 577.049, 577.520, 577.525, 
630.050 and 630.053, RSMo Supp. 1997 and 630.655 and 631.010, 
RSMo 1994. Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. 
Emergency amendment filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, 
expired Oct. 28, 1994. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, 
effective Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 24, 1995. Amended: Filed May 
3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, 
effective Oct. 30, 1998. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.750 Personnel
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.204)
9 CSR 30-3.760 Program Structure
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.206)
9 CSR 30-3.770 Client Records
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 302.540, 577.001, 577.049, 577.520, 577.525, 
630.050 and 630.053, RSMo Supp. 1997 and 630.655 and 631.010, 
RSMo 1994. Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. 
Emergency amendment filed May 3, 1994, effective July 1, 1994, 
expired Oct. 28, 1994. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, effective Nov. 
30, 1994. Emergency amendment filed Oct. 17, 1994, effective 
Oct. 28, 1994, expired Feb. 24, 1995. Amended: Filed Oct. 17, 1994, 
effective April 30, 1995. Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, effective 
Oct. 30, 1998. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.780 Curriculum and Training
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: sections 302.540, 577.001, 577.049, 577.520, 577.525, 
630.050 and 630.053, RSMo Supp. 1997 and 630.655 and 631.010, 
RSMo 1994. Original rule filed Nov. 2, 1987, effective May 15, 1988. 
Amended: Filed April 29, 1998, effective Oct. 30, 1998. Rescinded: 
Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.790 Supplemental Fee 
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.208)
9 CSR 30-3.800 Required Educational Assessment and 
Community Treatment Program
(Moved to 9 CSR 30-3.230)
 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 67
Denny Hoskins (2/28/26)
Secretary of State
 
9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS
9 CSR 30-3.810 Definitions 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, effective 
Dec. 30, 1995. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.820 Procedures to Obtain Certification 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, effective 
Dec. 30, 1995. Emergency amendment filed Dec. 20, 1995, effective 
Dec. 30, 1995, expired June 26, 1996. Amended: Filed Dec. 20, 1995, 
effective June 30, 1996. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.830 Comprehensive Substance Treatment and 
Rehabilitation Program Description 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, effective 
Dec. 30, 1995. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, effective Feb. 28, 1999. 
Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.840 Treatment and Rehabilitation Process 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, effective 
Dec. 30, 1995. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, effective Feb. 28, 1999. 
Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.850 Service Provision 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Rescinded and readopted: Filed 
May 3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, 
effective Dec. 30, 1995. Emergency amendment filed Dec. 20, 1995, 
effective Dec. 30, 1995, expired June 26, 1996. Amended: Filed Dec. 
20, 1995, effective June 30, 1996. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, 
effective Feb. 28, 1999. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.851 Specialized Program for Women and Children
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed May 
3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, 
effective Feb. 28, 1999. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.852 Specialized Program for Adolescents
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed May 
3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, 
effective Dec. 30, 1995. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, effective Feb. 
28, 1999. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.853 Adolescent Residential Support
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed May 
3, 1994, effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, 
effective Feb. 28, 1999. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.860 Quality Assurance 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective 
Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.870 Behavior Management 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.880 Client Records
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, effective 
Dec. 30, 1995. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.890 Personnel, Staff Qualifications, 
Responsibilities and Training 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed June 27, 1995, effective 
Dec. 30, 1995. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, effective Feb. 28, 1999. 
Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.900 Client Rights
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective 
Oct. 30, 2001.
68 CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS 
(2/28/26) Denny Hoskins
Secretary of State
DIVISION 30—CERTIFICATION STANDARDS 9 CSR 30-3—DEPARTMENT OF MENTAL HEALTH
9 CSR 30-3.910 Research
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.920 Governing Authority and Program 
Administration
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed May 3, 1994, 
effective Nov. 30, 1994. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, effective Feb. 
28, 1999. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.930 Fiscal Management 
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.940 Environment, Safety and Sanitation
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.950 Accessibility
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.960 Dietary Services
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1994. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Amended: Filed July 30, 1998, 
effective Feb. 28, 1999. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, effective Oct. 
30, 2001.
9 CSR 30-3.970 Medication Management
(Rescinded October 30, 2001)
AUTHORITY: section 630.655, RSMo 1986. Original rule filed June 
15, 1990, effective Nov. 30, 1990. Rescinded: Filed Feb. 28, 2001, 
effective Oct. 30, 2001.